The Best Query Tool Works on all Systems

When you possess a tool like Nexus, you have access to every system in your enterprise! The Nexus Query Chameleon is the only tool that works on all systems. Its Super Join Builder allows for the ERwin Logical Model to be loaded, and then Nexus shows tables and views visually. It then guides users to show what joins to what. As users choose the tables and columns they want in their report, Nexus builds the SQL for them with each click of the mouse. Nexus was designed for and Hadoop, but works on all platforms. Nexus even converts table structures between vendors, so querying and managing multi-vendor platforms is transparent. Even if you only work with one system, you will find that the Nexus is the best query tool you have ever used. If you work with multiple systems, you will be even more amazed. Download a free trial at www.CoffingDW.com.

The Tera-Tom Video Series

Lessons with Tera-Tom Teradata Architecture and SQL Video Series

These exciting videos make learning and certification much easier

Four ways to view them: 1. Safari (look up Coffing Studios) 2. CoffingDW.com (sign-up on our website) 3. Your company can buy them all for everyone to see (contact [email protected]) 4. YouTube – Search for CoffingDW or Tera-Tom.

The Tera-Tom Genius Series

The Tera-Tom Genius Series consists of ten books. Each book is designed for a specific audience, and Teradata is explained to the level best suited for that audience. The books take a building block approach; always starting out simple, then each page builds upon the previous point. Order them all at www.CoffingDW.com.

Tera-Tom- Author of over 50 Books

Tera-Tom books have been the primary source of Teradata learning for over 20 years. They have helped to teach millions of people all aspects of Teradata. What people love the most about the Tera-Tom books is how easy they are to understand. They are so easy that a seven-year-old boy (raised by wolves) can understand them!

Trademarks and Copyrights

Microsoft Windows, Windows 2003 Server, SQL Server 2012, SQL Server Compact Edition, .NET, PDW, SQL Server, T-SQL, Azure SQL Data Warehouse and Azure Cloud are trademarks of Microsoft. Teradata, NCR, BYNET and SQL Assistant are registered trademarks of Teradata Corporation, Dayton, Ohio, U.S.A., IBM, DB2 and are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation, ANSI is a registered trademark of the American National Standards Institute. Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox. UNIX is a trademark of The Open Group. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds. Java and Oracle is a trademark of Oracle. ParAccel is a trademark of ParAccel. Kognitio is a trademark of Kognitio. is a trademark of EMC and Dell Corporation. is a trademark of HP Corporation. Nexus Query Chameleon is a trademark of Coffing Data Warehousing.

Coffing Data Warehousing shall have neither liability nor responsibility to any person or entity with respect to any loss or damages arising from the information contained in this book or from the use of programs or program segments that are included. The manual is not a publication of HP Corporation, nor was it produced in conjunction with HP Corporation.

Copyright © September 2016 by Coffing Publishing

All rights reserved. No part of this book shall be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the publisher. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of information contained herein. Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this book, the publisher and author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions, neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of information contained herein.

About Tom Coffing

Tom Coffing, better known as Tera-Tom, is the founder of Coffing Data Warehousing where he has been CEO for the past 20 years. Tom has written over 50 books on all aspects of Teradata, Netezza, Kognitio, Redshift, ParAccel, Vertica, SQL Server, and Greenplum. Tom has taught over 1,000 Teradata classes in places such as India, Africa, Europe, China, Malaysia, and throughout North America.

Tom is also the owner and designer of the Nexus Query Chameleon, the most sophisticated enterprise query tool in the industry. The Nexus works on all platforms, including Hadoop, converts table structures between all systems, and allows companies to load their ERwin logical model inside Nexus. The Nexus guides users like a GPS system. Users point and click on any table or view from any system, and they are guided to what joins to what. As users choose the columns they want on their report, the SQL is built automatically.

In High School, Tom was the first athlete from his school to ever place at state. He was selected by his school to represent them at Buckeye Boys State, and Tom was inducted into the first class of the Lakota High School Hall of Fame.

At the University of Arizona and University of Nevada Las Vegas, Tom was a two-time All-American wrestler, Sophomore Athlete of the year, and a two-time winner of the 1980 Olympic wrestling trials. Tom graduated with a Bachelor’s degree in Speech Communications.

After college, Tom became a state and national champion speech winner for Toastmasters and won two orchid awards as an actor. Tom is the proud father of three wonderful children and has been married for the past 35 years.

You can contact Tom at 513 300-0341 or at [email protected].

Table of Contents

Contents

Chapter 1 – Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World? ...... 2 Nexus Queries all Systems ...... 3 Nexus Can Export Result Sets to Tableau ...... 4 Nexus Visualizes Tables and Views ...... 5 Nexus will Automatically Write the SQL for you ...... 6 Nexus performs Cross-System Joins...... 7 The Hub is where the Query will be Processed ...... 8 Save Answer Sets as Tables on any System ...... 9 Queries can be Saved to and Loaded from a Menu ...... 10 Excel Spreadsheets can be Imported or Joined ...... 11 Nexus Converts DDL and Moves Data So Easily ...... 12 Nexus Data Movement Across Systems Goes in Over 50 Different Directions ...... 13 Nexus makes the Servers Talk Directly ...... 14 The Garden of Analysis Queries Answer Sets Inside Your Nexus ...... 15 Nexus has Hound Dog Compression for your Teradata Systems ...... 16 Nexus can Compare and Synchronize Entire ...... 17 Nexus Schedules Operations to Run Daily, Weekly, Monthly ...... 18

Chapter 2 – How to Use Nexus ...... 20 Make Sure You Are Connected to a System ...... 21 Running a Query ...... 22 The Important Stuff ...... 23 Setting Your Default ...... 24 Get Rid or Your History ...... 25

Page 1

Table of Contents

Using the History Button at the Top of Nexus ...... 26 Check Out Your System Tree ...... 27 Set Up Your Tree to See Only the Databases You Want to See ...... 28 Use Quick Select to Quickly Create a Query ...... 29 View the Table Structures for a Table (View DDL) (Page 1-2) ...... 30 View the Table Structures for a Table (View DDL) (Page 2-2) ...... 31 Drag Columns into the Query Window ...... 32 Drag Table Names into the Query Window ...... 33 Move Columns Around After the Answer Set Returns ...... 34 Group Rows in an Answer Set (1 of 2) ...... 35 Group Rows in an Answer Set (2 of 2) ...... 36 How to Refresh the Tables in a Database ...... 37 The Table’s Menu ...... 38 The Databases' Menu ...... 39 Converting Table Structures DDL (1 of 4) ...... 40 Converting Table Structures DDL (2 of 4) ...... 41 Converting Table Structures DDL (3 of 4) ...... 42 Converting Table Structures DDL (4 of 4) ...... 43

Chapter 3 – The Garden of Analysis...... 45 How to Get to the Garden of Analysis? ...... 46 The Welcome Screen of the Garden of Analysis ...... 47 Setting the Active Result Set ...... 48 The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (1 of 3) ...... 49 The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (2 of 3) ...... 50 The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (3 of 3) ...... 51 The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (1 of 4) ...... 52 The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (2 of 4) ...... 53 Page 2

Table of Contents

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (3 of 4) ...... 54 The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (4 of 4) ...... 55 The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (1 of 4) ...... 56 The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (2 of 4) ...... 57 The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (3 of 4) ...... 58 The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (4 of 4) ...... 59 The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (1 of 4) ...... 60 The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (2 of 4) ...... 61 The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (3 of 4) ...... 62 The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (4 of 4) ...... 63 The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (1 of 4) ...... 64 The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (2 of 4) ...... 65 The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (3 of 4) ...... 66 The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (4 of 4) ...... 67 The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (1 of 4) ...... 68 The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (2 of 4) ...... 69 The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (3 of 4) ...... 70 The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (4 of 4) ...... 71 The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (1 of 4) ...... 72 The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (2 of 4) ...... 73 The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (3 of 4) ...... 74 The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (4 of 4) ...... 75 The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (1 of 4) ...... 76 The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (2 of 4) ...... 77 The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (3 of 4) ...... 78 The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (4 of 4) ...... 79 The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (1 of 4) ...... 80 The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (2 of 4) ...... 81 Page 3

Table of Contents

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (3 of 4) ...... 82 The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (4 of 4) ...... 83 The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (1 of 4) ...... 84 The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (2 of 4) ...... 85 The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (3 of 4) ...... 86 The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (4 of 4) ...... 87 The Garden of Analysis – Dashboard Tab (1 of 5) ...... 88 The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (2 of 5) ...... 89 The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (3 of 5) ...... 90 The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (4 of 5) ...... 91 The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (5 of 5) ...... 92

Chapter 4 – Super Join Builder ...... 94 Getting to the Super Join Builder ...... 95 The Super Join Builder is the First Entry in the Menu ...... 96 Getting to the Super Join Builder ...... 97 Using the Add Join Button ...... 98 What Do You Do When No Tables Are Joinable? ...... 99 Drag a Joinable Object into the Super Join Builder ...... 100 You Will See the Add Custom Join Window ...... 101 Defining the Join Columns ...... 102 Your Tables Will Appear Together ...... 103 Select the Columns You Want on the Report ...... 104 Check Out the SQL Tab to See the SQL that has been Built ...... 105 SQL Tab ...... 106 Hit Execute to get the Report Inside the Super Join Builder ...... 107 The Report is Delivered Inside the Super Join Builder ...... 108 Let's Join Two Tables Again (1 of 6) ...... 109 Page 4

Table of Contents

Let's Join Two Tables Again (2 of 6) ...... 110 Let's Join Two Tables Again (3 of 6) ...... 111 Let's Join Two Tables Again (4 of 6) ...... 112 Let's Join Two Tables Again (5 of 6) ...... 113 Let's Join Two Tables Again (6 of 6) ...... 114 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder Philosophy – One Query...... 115 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Objects Tab ...... 116 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Columns Tab ...... 117 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Sorting Tab ...... 118 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Joins Tab ...... 119 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – WHERE Tab ...... 120 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – SQL Tab ...... 121 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Metadata Tab ...... 122 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Analytics Tab ...... 123 The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Analytics Sub-Tabs ...... 124 The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – OLAP Screen ...... 125 Getting a Simple CSUM in the Analytics Tab - OLAP ...... 126 Getting a Simple CSUM – The SQL Automatically Generated ...... 127 The Answer Set of the CSUM ...... 128 Getting all of the OLAP functions in the Analytics Tab ...... 129 The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen ...... 130 The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Grouping Sets Screen ...... 131 Analytics Tab – Getting All of the Grouping Sets ...... 132 Sending All Three Reports to the Nexus Main Screen ...... 133 The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen ...... 134 The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Rank Screen ...... 135 The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Rank Example ...... 136 The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen ...... 137 Page 5

Table of Contents

Use the Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down ...... 138 Use the Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down ...... 139 Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down and as SELECT Option ...... 140 The SQL is Delivered Inside Your Main Nexus Screen ...... 141 Just Hit Execute and Get Your Results ...... 142 A Five Table Join Using the Menu ...... 143 The First Table is Placed in the Super Join Builder ...... 144 Using the Add Join Cascading Menu ...... 145 All Five Tables Are in the Super Join Builder ...... 146 A Five Table Join Done in Two Steps (Cube) ...... 147 Choose Cube with Columns from the Left Top of the Table ...... 148 All Tables Are Cubed (Joined Together Instantly) ...... 149 Choose Cube and then Choose Your Columns ...... 150 Create Cube - Tables Are Joined Without Columns Selected ...... 151 Create Cube – Select the Columns You Want on the Report ...... 152 How to join Tables from Different Systems Together ...... 153 The Teradata Table is Now in the Super Join Builder ...... 154 Drag the Joining Oracle Table to the Super Join Builder ...... 155 Options For Moving the Oracle Table to Teradata Temporarily ...... 156 Defining the Join Columns ...... 157 Choose the Columns You Want on Your Report...... 158 Let's Add a SQL Server Table to our Teradata and Oracle Join ...... 159 Defining the Join Columns ...... 160 All Three Tables Are Now in the Super Join Builder ...... 161 Change the Hub and Run the Join on Oracle ...... 162 Change the Hub and Run the Join on SQL Server...... 163 Simply Amazing - Change the Hub to the Garden of Analysis ...... 164 Have the Answer Set Saved Automatically to any System You Choose ...... 165 Page 6

Table of Contents

Saving the Answer Set to an Oracle or SQL Server System ...... 166 Saving the Answer Set to Teradata System ...... 167 Joining Excel Spreadsheets to Tables in the Super Join Builder ...... 168 Press the Select Workbook Button and Choose Your Worksheet ...... 169 Find Your Excel Spreadsheet on your PC ...... 170 You Will See the SELECT Excel Worksheet Interface ...... 171 Checkmark the Box if the First Row has Column Names ...... 172 You Will Be Given Choices on Data Movement Options ...... 173 You Will See the Add Custom Join Window ...... 174 Defining the Join Columns ...... 175 Place a Checkmark on the Columns You Want Selected ...... 176 Saving Joins in the Super Join Builder to a Menu ...... 177 The Save Join User Interface ...... 178 Example of a Name Change and Description of Saved Joins ...... 179 Loading a Join from the Load Join Menu ...... 180 The Load Join Menu Will Ask You to SELECT a Saved Join...... 181

Chapter 5 – Data Movement ...... 183 Nexus Data Movement Across Systems Goes in Over 50 Different Directions ...... 184 How to Move a Single Table from Oracle to Teradata ...... 185 The ODBC Stream Loader from Oracle to Teradata ...... 186 How to Move a Single Table from SQL Server to Teradata ...... 187 The ODBC Stream Loader from SQL Server to Teradata ...... 188 Details of the ODBC Stream Loader ...... 189 ODBC Stream Loader - Lite Speed vs. Warp Speed ...... 190 More Details About ODBC Stream Loader - Teradata TDPID...... 191 More Details About ODBC Stream Loader - Table Options ...... 192 Checking the Table Size in the ODBC Stream Loader ...... 193 Page 7

Table of Contents

Table Information in the ODBC Stream Loader ...... 194 How to Move a Single Table from Oracle to SQL Server ...... 195 The Data Mover from Oracle to SQL Server ...... 196 How to Move a Single Table from SQL Server to Oracle ...... 197 The Data Mover from SQL Server to Oracle ...... 198 How to Move an Entire Database ...... 199 The Database Movement Screen ...... 200 The Data Mover Options Menu for Moves to Teradata ...... 201 The Data Mover - Log for Moves to Teradata ...... 202 Scheduling a Move Data Operation ...... 203 Add the Data Movement Batches ...... 204 Fill in the Data Movement Information ...... 205 Add Additional Batches or Choose Next to Schedule ...... 206 Schedule the Movement Once, Daily, Weekly or Monthly ...... 207

Chapter 6 – Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases ...... 209 Comparing and Synchronizing Databases ...... 210 The Compare/Sync Database User Interface ...... 211 The Columns Tab ...... 212 The Columns Tab Aligns the Columns for Comparison ...... 213 Comparison Results ...... 214 The Table Compare Results Tab – Full Differences Tab ...... 215 The Table Compare Results Tab – In Source, Not Target Tab ...... 216 The Table Compare Results Tab – In Target, Not Source Tab ...... 217 Synchronizing the Results ...... 218 The Final Perform Synchronization Screen ...... 219 Scheduling a Compare Data Operation ...... 220 Add the Compare Data Batches ...... 221 Page 8

Table of Contents

Fill in the Compare Objects Information ...... 222

Chapter 7 – Teradata Multi-Value Compression ...... 224 Compressing the Tables in a Teradata Database ...... 225 Place a Checkmark on the Tables You Want to Compress ...... 226 The Tables Selected for Compression Appear on the Right ...... 227 What Appears When the Compression Job Begins? ...... 228 Tables will Turn Green When Successfully Compressed ...... 229 The Compression Dashboard ...... 230 Scheduling a Teradata Multi-Value Compression Job ...... 231 Add the Compress Multi-Value Batches ...... 232 Choose the Teradata System and Database Tables to Compress...... 233 Add Another Batch or Hit the Next Button ...... 234 Schedule the Compression Job ...... 235

Chapter 8 – Using the Scheduler ...... 237 Using the Scheduler ...... 238 The Schedule Builder User Interface ...... 239 Nexus Operations You Can Schedule ...... 240 Scheduling a Query and the Available Options ...... 241 Scheduling a Query Once...... 242 Scheduling a Saved Super Join Builder Query ...... 243 Choose Your Super Saved Join and Output Type ...... 244 Scheduling the Query Daily ...... 245 Scheduling a Move Data Operation ...... 246 Add the Data Movement Batches ...... 247 Fill in the Data Movement Information ...... 248 Add the Data Movement Batches ...... 249 Page 9

Table of Contents

Schedule the Query Once, Daily, Weekly or Monthly ...... 250 Scheduling a Compare Data Operation ...... 251 Add the Compare Data Batches ...... 252 Fill in the Compare Objects Information ...... 253 Scheduling a Teradata Multi-Value Compression Job ...... 254 Add the Compress Multi-Value Batches ...... 255 Choose the Teradata System and Database Tables to Compress...... 256 Add Another Batch or Hit the Next Button ...... 257 Schedule the Compression Job ...... 258

Chapter 9 – Connecting Nexus to Different Systems ...... 260 Connecting to Teradata - Step (1-13) ...... 261 Connecting to Teradata - Step (2-13) ...... 262 Connecting to Teradata - Step (3-13) ...... 263 Connecting to Teradata - Step (4-13) ...... 264 Connecting to Teradata - Step (5-13) ...... 265 Connecting to Teradata - Step (6-13) ...... 266 Connecting to Teradata - Step (7-13) ...... 267 Connecting to Teradata - Step (8-13) ...... 268 Connecting to Teradata - Step (9-13) ...... 269 Connecting to Teradata - Step (10-13) ...... 270 Connecting to Teradata - Step (11-13) ...... 271 Connecting to Teradata - Step (12-13) ...... 272 Connecting to Teradata - Step (13-13) ...... 273 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (1-12) ...... 274 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (2-12) ...... 275 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (3-12) ...... 276 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (4-12) ...... 277 Page 10

Table of Contents

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (5-12) ...... 278 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (6-12) ...... 279 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (7-12) ...... 280 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (8-12) ...... 281 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (9-12) ...... 282 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (10-12) ...... 283 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (11-12) ...... 284 Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (12-12) ...... 285 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (1-16) ...... 286 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (2-16) ...... 287 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (3-16) ...... 288 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (4-16) ...... 289 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (5-16) ...... 290 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (6-16) ...... 291 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (7-16) ...... 292 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (8-16) ...... 293 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (9-16) ...... 294 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (10-16) ...... 295 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (11-16) ...... 296 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (12-16) ...... 297 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (13-16) ...... 298 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (14-16) ...... 299 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (15-16) ...... 300 Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (16-16) ...... 301 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (1-12) ...... 302 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (2-12) ...... 303 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (3-12) ...... 304 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (4-12) ...... 305 Page 11

Table of Contents

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (5-12) ...... 306 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (6-12) ...... 307 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (7-12) ...... 308 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (8-12) ...... 309 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (9-12) ...... 310 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (10-12) ...... 311 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (11-12) ...... 312 Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (12-12) ...... 313 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (1-12) ...... 314 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (2-12) ...... 315 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (3-12) ...... 316 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (4-12) ...... 317 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (5-12) ...... 318 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (6-12) ...... 319 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (7-12) ...... 320 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (8-12) ...... 321 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (9-12) ...... 322 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (10-12) ...... 323 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (11-12) ...... 324 Connecting to Hadoop – Step (12-12) ...... 325 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (1-12) ...... 326 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (2-12) ...... 327 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (3-12) ...... 328 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (4-12) ...... 329 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (5-12) ...... 330 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (6-12) ...... 331 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (7-12) ...... 332 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (8-12) ...... 333 Page 12

Table of Contents

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (9-12) ...... 334 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (10-12) ...... 335 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (11-12) ...... 336 Connecting to Aster Data – Step (12-12) ...... 337 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (1-12) ...... 338 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (2-12) ...... 339 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (3-12) ...... 340 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (4-12) ...... 341 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (5-12) ...... 342 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (6-12) ...... 343 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (7-12) ...... 344 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (8-12) ...... 345 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (9-12) ...... 346 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (10-12) ...... 347 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (11-12) ...... 348 Connecting to Greenplum – Step (12-12) ...... 349 Connecting to Netezza – Step (1-12) ...... 350 Connecting to Netezza – Step (2-12) ...... 351 Connecting to Netezza – Step (3-12) ...... 352 Connecting to Netezza – Step (4-12) ...... 353 Connecting to Netezza – Step (5-12) ...... 354 Connecting to Netezza – Step (6-12) ...... 355 Connecting to Netezza – Step (7-12) ...... 356 Connecting to Netezza – Step (8-12) ...... 357 Connecting to Netezza – Step (9-12) ...... 358 Connecting to Netezza – Step (10-12) ...... 359 Connecting to Netezza – Step (11-12) ...... 360 Connecting to Netezza – Step (12-12) ...... 361 Page 13

Table of Contents

Connecting to Vertica – Step (1-12) ...... 362 Connecting to Vertica – Step (2-12) ...... 363 Connecting to Vertica – Step (3-12) ...... 364 Connecting to Vertica – Step (4-12) ...... 365 Connecting to Vertica – Step (5-12) ...... 366 Connecting to Vertica – Step (6-12) ...... 367 Connecting to Vertica – Step (7-12) ...... 368 Connecting to Vertica – Step (8-12) ...... 369 Connecting to Vertica – Step (9-12) ...... 370 Connecting to Vertica – Step (10-12) ...... 371 Connecting to Vertica – Step (11-12) ...... 372 Connecting to Vertica – Step (12-12) ...... 373 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (1-12) ...... 374 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (2-12) ...... 375 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (3-12) ...... 376 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (4-12) ...... 377 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (5-12) ...... 378 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (6-12) ...... 379 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (7-12) ...... 380 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (8-12) ...... 381 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (9-12) ...... 382 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (10-12) ...... 383 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (11-12) ...... 384 Connecting to Kognitio – Step (12-12) ...... 385 Connecting to Redshift – Step (1-12) ...... 386 Connecting to – Step (2-12) ...... 387 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (3-12) ...... 388 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (4-12) ...... 389 Page 14

Table of Contents

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (5-12) ...... 390 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (6-12) ...... 391 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (7-12) ...... 392 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (8-12) ...... 393 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (9-12) ...... 394 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (10-12) ...... 395 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (11-12) ...... 396 Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (12-12) ...... 397 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (1-12) ...... 398 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (2-12) ...... 399 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (3-12) ...... 400 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (4-12) ...... 401 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (5-12) ...... 402 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (6-12) ...... 403 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (7-12) ...... 404 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (8-12) ...... 405 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (9-12) ...... 406 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (10-12) ...... 407 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (11-12) ...... 408 Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (12-12) ...... 409 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (1-12) ...... 410 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (2-12) ...... 411 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (3-12) ...... 412 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (4-12) ...... 413 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (5-12) ...... 414 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (6-12) ...... 415 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (7-12) ...... 416 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (8-12) ...... 417 Page 15

Table of Contents

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (9-12) ...... 418 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (10-12) ...... 419 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (11-12) ...... 420 Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (12-12) ...... 421 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (1-12) ...... 422 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (2-12) ...... 423 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (3-12) ...... 424 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (4-12) ...... 425 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (5-12) ...... 426 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (6-12) ...... 427 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (7-12) ...... 428 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (8-12) ...... 429 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (9-12) ...... 430 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (10-12) ...... 431 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (11-12) ...... 432 Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (12-12) ...... 433

Page 16

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Page 1

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Chapter 1 – Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

“I saw the angel in the marble and carved until I set him free.”

-Michelangelo

Page 2

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Queries all Systems

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 + Aster Data + Azure Cloud SELECT * Nexus is designed to work with + DB2 FROM Employee_table every system in your enterprise, + Excel Where Dept_No = 400 ; whether on-premises or in the cloud + Greenplum + Hadoop + Kognitio Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 + Netezza Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary + Oracle + Matrix 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 54500.00 + Redshift 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 54500.00 + SQL Server 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 36000.00 + Sybase + Teradata And you can query + Vertica them all simultaneously

Nexus is designed to work with every system in your enterprise, on-premises systems and cloud systems. Nexus works with traditional systems, such as DB2, Oracle, SQL Server and Teradata. Nexus also works with newer systems, such as Netezza, Greenplum, Kognitio, Hana, Matrix, Aster Data and Vertica. Nexus also works with your top cloud systems, such as Amazon Redshift, Microsoft Azure SQL Data Warehouse and all flavors of Hadoop.

Page 3

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Can Export Result Sets to Tableau

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 + Aster Data Right click on a Save as Type SELECT * + Azure Cloud “Result Set” tab and Microsoft Excel (*.xlsx) + DB2 FROM Employee_table choose Microsoft Excel (97-2003) (*.xls) + Excel Where Dept_No = 400 ; “Export/Save As” Comma Separated Values (*.CSV) + Greenplum User Delimited Text (*.txt) + Hadoop XML File (*.xml) Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 + Kognitio Tableau Data Extract (*.tde) + Netezza Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary + Oracle + Matrix 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 54500.00 + Redshift 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 54500.00 + SQL Server 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 36000.00 + Sybase + Teradata + Vertica

Nexus is excellent at providing graphs and charts, including dynamic charts, but if you enjoy using Tableau then you can export Nexus result sets directly to Tableau. Just right click on an answer set result tab and choose “Export/Save As”. Then change the “Save as Type” to Tableau Data Extract (TDE). A TDE file will be created with the name you give it. Page 4

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Visualizes Tables and Views

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Customer_Table T Order_Table T

Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

Right click on any table or view in your Nexus system tree and choose "Super Join Builder". Your table, or view, will be shown visually, along with its columns and their data types. Press the "Add Join" drop down menu and see what other tables or views can be joined. Click on the columns you want on your report and a checkmark appears. Nexus automatically writes the SQL for you. You now have the ability to develop much quicker because Nexus is doing the hard work for you. Page 5

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus will Automatically Write the SQL for you

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS T CLAIMS T Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) Just checkmark the columns you want on your Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer report and Nexus will build the SQL Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer automatically for you!

When you use the Super Join Builder of Nexus you will see your tables and views visually. Just place a checkmark on the columns you want on your report and Nexus will automatically build the SQL for you. Above, we have joined three tables together and we have placed a checkmark on eight of the columns. The SQL has been built instantly by Nexus. Page 6

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus performs Cross-System Joins

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql

Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

Did you ever even imagine that you would be able to join tables from different systems? Above, we are joining a Teradata table to an Oracle table to a SQL Server table. Just checkmark the columns you want on your report and Nexus handles everything behind the scenes. Nexus builds the SQL, converts the table structures and moves the tables to the Hub system. The report comes flying back with no intervention from the user. That is just another amazing feature of Nexus. Page 7

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

The Hub is where the Query will be Processed

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql

Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

People who see this next feature can't believe their eyes. Nexus allows the user to select which system they want to process the data. In our last example, the Hub was Teradata. We just changed the Hub to SQL Server (above). Now, the tables from the three systems will be converted, moved and joined on the SQL Server system. Nexus allows you to join tables from any system in your enterprise (both on-premises and cloud), but then tops it off by allowing you to process the joins on any system in your enterprise. Need extra processing power? Spin up a server on the cloud and make it the hub. Page 8

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Save Answer Sets as Tables on any System

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql

Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and save the answer set as a table on any system in your enterprise (on-premises or cloud). This is a fantastic way to create a data mart or to save data to your sandbox. It is also great for building a test system. And Nexus makes it so easy. Just click on the "Create Table" button and tell Nexus the system and the table name you desire, and that new table and its data will be there when the query is finished.

Page 9

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Queries can be Saved to and Loaded from a Menu

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql

Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and then save the query in the “Save Join” menu. The user can then pull up the exact same query in the Super Join Builder with the “Load Join” menu. A user can also create many different Super Join Builder queries and pass them to other Nexus users in their enterprise. This allows for the experienced individuals to take care of the less experienced.

Page 10

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Excel Spreadsheets can be Imported or Joined

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Oracle

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS$ x

Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Float City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Varchar(255) State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Float Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Float AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Float Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Float Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Float

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and Import an Excel Spreadsheet(s) that can be joined with production tables. Users can also import Excel Spreadsheets directly to any system as a table. With the ability to load an Excel Spreadsheet or to join an Excel Spreadsheet with other tables in the Super Join Builder the Nexus is going to Excel with business users! In the example above we are joining a Teradata table, Oracle table and an Excel Spreadsheet.

Page 11

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Converts DDL and Moves Data So Easily

Database Movement

Execute

Table Movement Options Log

System Database System Database Teradata V15 SQL_Class Oracle Cloud SQL_Sandbox

Source Tables Target Tables

SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox Tables Tables Addresses Addresses OK Claims X Claims OK Course_Table Course_Table OK Customer_Table Customer_Table Employee_Table Employee_Table Order_Table Order_Table Providers Providers Sales_Table Sales_Table

Do you know how long it normally takes to convert the table structures and move data between systems? Sometimes this is a month long project, but not with Nexus. Just right click on any database in your systems tree and choose "Move Data". Pick the target system in which you want the tables and data to move and then checkmark the tables you want to move. Press the blue arrow and the tables with a checkmark move to the Target system. Press Execute and watch the tables light up in green with every successful move. If there is a problem, the table(s) will light up in red. Page 12

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Data Movement Across Systems Goes in Over 50 Different Directions

TO Teradata Oracle SQL Server SQL DW DB2 SAP Hana Hadoop Greenplum Redshift Teradata

Oracle

SQL Server Azure SQL DW FROM DB2

SAP Hana

Hadoop

Greenplum

Redshift Single-Table mover and Database mover Conversion, but no movement Not supported

Nexus converts between systems and moves a single-table or entire database in over 40 different ways.

Page 13

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus makes the Servers Talk Directly

SQL Server Teradata Hadoop

Oracle Redshift

Whenever Nexus converts and moves data from one system to another the data never lands in a landing zone. When Nexus performs cross-system joins between systems the data moves directly from server to server. Whether you install Nexus on your desktop, laptop, Citrix server or access Nexus via a remote desktop on the cloud, there is no data passing through the Nexus. All data movement, conversions and cross-system joins are done directly between the big systems. Nexus uses Progress Data Direct drivers to establish a connection between systems and this allows the big systems to talk directly. This is the secret sauce that allows Nexus to move billions of rows from one system to another! Page 14

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

The Garden of Analysis Queries Answer Sets Inside Your Nexus

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

Nexus can query all of systems in your enterprise and each answer set is automatically present in the Garden of Analysis. This is a unique concept because any and all answer sets can be re-queried by Nexus inside your desktop. Above, we have four answer sets. We right clicked on answer set 4 (Result 4 – in red). Now, we can click on any tab above and get Aggregates, OLAP, Rank, Grouping Sets, Quantiles, Top, Sort, Join, Charts/Graphs, Dynamic Charts or a Dashboard. All you have to do is press on a table and drag columns in the answer set to the templates and you immediately see the new data. Page 15

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus has Hound Dog Compression for your Teradata Systems

Hound dog Compress - Database

Execute

Table Compression Log Dashboard When the job is finished the dashboard shows the System Database table sizes before and after Teradata V15 SQL_Class Available Tables Target Tables

SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox Tables Tables Addresses Addresses Done Claims X Claims Done Course_Table Course_Table Done Customer_Table Customer_Table Done Employee_Table Employee_Table Order_Table Order_Table Providers Providers Sales_Table Sales_Table

Just right click on any Teradata database and choose "Hound Dog Compression". Pick the tables you want compressed and move them over by hitting the blue arrow. Hit Execute. Nexus evaluates Teradata tables and applies the perfect algorithm to attain the maximum compression savings. This feature alone has saved hundreds of companies millions of dollars over the past 10 years. Nexus usually gains about 35% space savings on average. There are even more savings on larger tables. There is no down side to Multi-Value compression because the tables are about 35% smaller, they don't need to be decompressed, they move faster into memory and they save about 35% of your entire system's space. Nexus auto-compresses tables when they move from other systems, for example when Oracle or SQL Server tables are moved to Teradata. Page 16

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus can Compare and Synchronize Entire Databases

Compare and Synchronize Databases

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results System Database System Database Teradata Prod SQL_Class Oracle Dev SQL_Class Source Tables Target Tables

Addresses Addresses Claims Claims Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table Employee_Table Employee_Table Order_Table Order_Table Providers Providers Sales_Table Sales_Table

Just right click on any database and choose “Compare and Synchronize”. This will be the source system. Then choose the system and database you want to compare and synchronize with as your Target system. The Nexus will attempt to line-up the tables based on their name. The user can drag and drop to align the tables perfectly if needed. Checkmark the tables you want compared and synched and hit Execute. The Nexus will show the results of the comparison and allow the user to synchronize the data.

Page 17

Chapter 1 Why is Nexus the Best Enterprise BI Tool in the World?

Nexus Schedules Operations to Run Daily, Weekly, Monthly

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Press on the Saved Super Join Move Data calendar icon and your Compare Data Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling options will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type

Page 18

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Page 19

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Chapter 2 – How to Use Nexus

“Design is not just what it looks like and feels like. Design is how it works.”

- Steve Jobs

Page 20

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Make Sure You Are Connected to a System

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Teradata The System must have an entry before you can begin. Press the drop down and select the system you want to query.

You must have an entry in the System box before Nexus will respond. Check to see that it is not empty. If so, press the drop down arrow and select the system that you want to query.

Page 21

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Running a Query

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Teradata To run a command press the green button SELECT * for EXECUTE or hit F5 (Function Key) FROM SQL_Class.Employee_table Where Dept_No = 400 ;

Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 55000.00 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 55000.00 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 72000.00

To run a query just press the green button next to EXECUTE. You can also hit function key F5.

Page 22

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

The Important Stuff

Nexus Chameleon Your query history

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Teradata System your Your current Runs a Clears Provides Opens connected to database Query, The the Up or press SQL EXPLAIN another Click on F5 from Plan, Query the plus sign your or hit Window and see all screen F6 for the databases any and objects system for this you particular Hit F2 to see SQL Syntax have in system your systems tree

The important buttons and function keys you need to know about are listed above.

Page 23

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Setting Your Default Database

Once you set your default database It will appear in the drop down Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Teradata DATABASE SQL_Class ;

This is how you set your default database in Teradata

USE SQL_Class ; This is how you set your default database in SQL Server

ALTER SESSION SET CURRENT_SCHEMA = SQL_CLASS;

Here is how you could do it in Oracle

When you set your default database you won't need to include the database in your SQL. It will assume you mean the default database.

Page 24

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Get Rid or Your History

If you want to see your history Click the History button. Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Teradata SELECT * FROM SQL_Class.Employee_table Where Dept_No = 400 ;

Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 55000.00 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 55000.00 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 72000.00 Query History X Run Date Duration System Rows SQL 11/15/2015 10:58:28 00.00.00.417 Teradata 3 Select * FROM Emloyee_Table… 11/15/2015 10:56:28 00.00.00.337 Teradata 0 Database SQL_Class

Click on the X and get rid of your history. It takes up too much real-estate.

Get rid of the history at the bottom of the Nexus. It takes up a bunch of space and you will only use it occasionally. A better choice when history is needed is to press the History button at the top of the Nexus.

Page 25

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Using the History Button at the Top of Nexus

Click the History button and the history screen below will appear Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Query Date MultiLineSQL Double click on a 1 09/01/2016 12:00:10 PM Select * FROM Sales_Table; query to copy it to your clipboard. Then 2 09/01/2016 12:01:14 PM Select * FROM Claims; paste the query to your query window. 3 09/01/2016 12:01:14 PM Select E.*, Mgr_No FROM Employee_Table E Double-Click on any SQL and INNER JOIN the SQL will be copied. You will be returned to the main Nexus Department_Table D Search screen where you can paste. ON E.Dept_No = D.Dept_No ;

Keep History Window open after query copy Yes Turn on single-line SQL? Yes

‘Query Copied’ Message Off? Yes Max Number of Rows 50

When you press on the History button at the top of Nexus you will get the History screen. Just double-click on any query in the history window and Nexus will automatically copy the query and return you to the main Nexus screen. You can simply hit the paste button or CTRL V and the copied query will be pasted inside your query window. You can also use the History window to search for keywords to find specific SQL from your History.

Page 26

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Check Out Your System Tree

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class - Tables + Addresses + Claims - Customer_Table Columns The column color blue Customer_Number (Integer) means the column is the Primary Index Customer_Name (Varchar(20)) or Distribution Key Phone_Number (Char(8))

+ Employee_Table + Department_Table

The Nexus has been developed for over 10 years. It is good at putting out a nice system tree. You can see a lot of objects in the tree, including the columns and their data types. Open up your tree and check out all of the objects and features.

Page 27

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Set Up Your Tree to See Only the Databases You Want to See

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata Connect Tree to Server Disconnect Tree from Server View Tree Hierarchy No Hierarchy My Databases All Databases and Users 1) Right click on your Teradata system All Databases and Users with Perm Space 2) Scroll down to View Tree All Databases 3) Make sure No Hierarchy is checked All Users 4) Make sure My Databases is checked Hit the X 5) Scroll down to Edit My Databases Edit My Databases 6) Hit the Add button and add databases when you are done 7) Hit the X to leave when you are done Edit My Databases X 8) Open Your Systems Tree up now! Adding databases Add SQL01 or users SQL_Class Remove SQL_Views Follow the 8 steps above and your tree will be perfectly customized to see only the databases or users you want to see. We have Added the user SQL01 and the databases SQL_Class and SQL_Views. These will be the only databases we will see in our tree. This is how you customize your Nexus tree.

Page 28

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Use Quick Select to Quickly Create a Query

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 Teradata - SELECT SQL_Class - Customer_Number - Tables , Customer_Name + Addresses , Phone_Number FROM SQL_CLASS.Customer_table ; + Claims Right + Customer_Table Click Super Join Builder Choose + Employee_Table on any Table Quick Select Quick Select Department_Table + View DDL and Nexus will + Order_Table automatically Move data to Oracle SELECT all + Providers Move data to SQL Servercolumns + Sales_Table Move data to Teradata for you Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Services

Right click on any table from any system and from the menu choose Quick Select. The Nexus will SELECT all of the columns from the table and write the SQL for you. Notice the SQL above in the query window. That is a Quick Select.

Page 29

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

View the Table Structures for a Table (View DDL) (Page 1-2)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class - Tables + Addresses + Claims Right + Customer_Table Click + Employee_Table on any Super Join Builder Table + Department_Table Quick Select Choose + Order_Table View DDL View DDL and Nexus will + Providers Move data to Oracle place the DDL Move data to SQL Server + Sales_Table in another Tab Move data to Teradata + Services Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse

To see the table structure for any table from any system just right click on the table. From the menu choose View DDL. Nexus will display the table structure (DDL) in a separate tab. The next page will show you an example.

Page 30

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

View the Table Structures for a Table (View DDL) (Page 2-2)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Query 1 DDL – Teradata.SQL_Class.Cust… X Press here (X) CREATE SET TABLE SQL_CLASS.Customer_table ,NO FALLBACK , to drop the NO BEFORE JOURNAL, DDL Tab NO AFTER JOURNAL, The table structure (DDL) CHECKSUM = DEFAULT is now displayed and includes ( any indexing Customer_Number INTEGER, Customer_Name VARCHAR(20) CHARACTER SET LATIN NOT CASESPECIFIC, Phone_Number CHAR(8) CHARACTER SET LATIN NOT CASESPECIFIC) UNIQUE PRIMARY INDEX ( Customer_Number ) INDEX ( Customer_Name ) INDEX ( Phone_Number );

You will now see the table structure (DDL) in a new tab. You can move between your query tab and your DDL tab or you can drop the DDL tab by pressing on the tab’s X.

Page 31

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Drag Columns into the Query Window

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class SELECT Customer_Number - Tables + Addresses + Claims - Customer_Table Drag Columns all columns or individual columns Customer_Number (Integer) into the Query Window Customer_Name (Varchar(20)) Phone_Number (Char(8))

+ Employee_Table + Department_Table

In the example above we already had the keyword SELECT typed in our query window. We then opened up our systems tree and pressed on the plus sign to open up the Customer_Table. We dragged and dropped the column named Customer_Number to the query window (where the cursor already was) and the column name appeared. You can even drop and drag the Columns keyword (shown in Pink above) and all columns will appear.

Page 32

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Drag Table Names into the Query Window

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class SELECT * - Tables FROM SQL_CLASS.Customer_table + Addresses + Claims Drag the - Customer_Table Table Name Columns Inside the Query Window Customer_Number (Integer) Customer_Name (Varchar(20)) Phone_Number (Char(8))

+ Employee_Table + Department_Table

In the example above we already had the keywords SELECT * FROM typed in our query window. We then opened up our systems tree and pressed on the plus sign to open up the SQL_Class database. We dragged and dropped the table name (Customer_Table) to the query window (where the cursor already was) and Nexus placed the database/tablename in our query.

Page 33

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Move Columns Around After the Answer Set Returns

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Vertica Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 To change columns + Aster Data SELECT * around just click + Azure Cloud on a column header FROM Student_Table + DB2 and drag it to a + Excel WHERE Grade_Pt NOT IN (2.0, 3.0, 4.0) ; new position + Greenplum + Hadoop Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 + Kognitio + Netezza Student_ID Last_Name First_Name Class_Code Grade_Pt + Oracle 1 125634 Hanson Henry FR 2.88 + Matrix 2 231222 Wilson Susie SO 3.80 + Redshift 3 280023 Richard JR 1.90 + SQL Server McRoberts + Sybase 4 322133 Bond Jimmy JR 3.95 + Teradata 5 324652 Delaney Danny SR 3.35 0.00 + Vertica 6 423400 Larkins Michael FR

You can move columns in your answer sets by dragging the column header to a new position. For example, imagine that you wanted to change the positions of Last_Name and First_Name in your report. Just take your mouse and click on the First_Name column and drag it in front of the Last_Name column. The report column First_Name changes position. Page 34

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Group Rows in an Answer Set (1 of 2)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Vertica Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 To Group rows + Aster Data SELECT * drag the column header to the + Azure Cloud FROM Student_Table ; + DB2 Group Area + Excel Messages Garden of Analysis + Greenplum Result 1 + Hadoop Drag a column header here to group by that column. + Kognitio + Netezza Student_ID Last_Name First_Name Class_Code Grade_Pt + Oracle 1 125634 Hanson Henry FR 2.88 + Matrix 2 231222 Wilson Susie SO 3.80 + Redshift 3 280023 Richard JR 1.90 + SQL Server McRoberts + Sybase 4 322133 Bond Jimmy JR 3.95 + Teradata 5 324652 Delaney Danny SR 3.35 + Vertica 6 423400 Larkins Michael FR 0.00

To group rows all you have to do is drag the column header to the “Grouping Area”. In the example above, we are dragging the column header Class_Code to the Grouping Area. Turn the page to see what happens.

Page 35

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Group Rows in an Answer Set (2 of 2)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Vertica Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 To leave the + Aster Data SELECT * Grouping View merely drag the + Azure Cloud FROM Student_Table ; + DB2 column header + Excel Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 (Class_Code) + Greenplum off of the + Hadoop Class_Code Grouping Area + Kognitio The Groups are + + Netezza Class_Code : FR (3 Items) now listed. + - Class_Code : JR (2 Items) Toggle theOracle plus + Matrix Student_ID Last_Name First_Name Class_Code Grade_Pt and minus sign + Redshift 1 280023 McRoberts Richard JR 1.90 to + SQL Server 2 322133 Bond Jimmy JR 3.95 display the + Sybase detailed + Class_Code : SO (2 Items) + Teradata grouping rows + Class_Code : SR (2 Items) + Vertica

Once we drag the column header Class_Code to the Grouping Area the groups are established (in gray). Hit the plus sign and the individual rows in the group are displayed. To leave the grouping views merely drag the column (Class_Code) in the Grouping Area off of the Grouping Area and the original detailed rows return. Page 36

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

How to Refresh the Tables in a Database

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata Right Click on either the - SQL_Class Database or the Tables Tables keyword - and choose Super Join Builder + Addresses REFRESH Database + Claims or Quick Select + Customer_Table REFRESH Tables View DDL + Employee_Table Move data to Oracle + Department_Table Move data to SQL Server Move data to Teradata + Order_Table SmartScript + Providers Hound Dog Compression Compare/Sync Data + Sales_Table Refresh Database + Services

Sometimes you will create a new table and it won’t show up in your systems tree. You just need to refresh your tree. You can right click on the database and from the menu choose REFRESH DATABASE or you can right click on the systems tree keyword TABLES and choose REFRESH TABLES. Either way, all your tables and objects will now appear.

Page 37

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

The Table’s Menu

Nexus Chameleon Super Join Builder

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web WindowsQuick SelectHistory Sandbox View DDL System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Move data to DB2 Not all Systems Query 1 Move data to Oracle systems are Move data to SQL Server - Teradata shown here - SQL_Class Move data to Teradata Tables SmartScript - SmartCompress Table… + Addresses Right Click on a table Compare/Sync Data… + Claims SmartSync object + Customer_Table Query Templates + Employee_Table Data Cleanser + Department_Table Open – All Rows Open – Selection + Order_Table Drop Table + Providers Rename Table + Sales_Table Refresh Table + Services Properties

Right click on any table in your systems tree and you can expect to see the Table Menu. An example of this is shown above. Not all “Move Data” options have been shown here and not all options are available on all systems.

Page 38

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

The Databases' Menu

Nexus Chameleon Show all objects… Set as active database File Edit View Query Tools Help Web WindowsCreate database…History Sandbox Create user… System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE New Query Drop Database Systems Query 1 Remove from My Databases - Teradata SQL_Class Right Click Hound Dog Compress Database - on a Tables Compare/Sync Database Data… - Database SmartSync objects… + Addresses SmartScript + Claims SmartDBAdmin… + Customer_Table Convert Table Structures + Employee_Table Move Data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse Department_Table Move Data to DB2… + Not all Move Data to Hadoop + Order_Table systems are Move Data to Oracle shown here + Providers Move Data to SQL Server + Sales_Table Refresh Database + Services Properties

Right click on any database in your systems tree and you can expect to see the Database Menu. An example of this is shown above for a Teradata system. Not all “Move Data” options have been shown here and not all options are available on all systems. Page 39

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Converting Table Structures DDL (1 of 4)

Nexus ChameleonShow all objects… Set as active database File Edit View Query ToolsCreate Help database… Web Windows History Sandbox Create user… System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE New Query Drop Database Systems Query 1 Remove from My Databases Teradata Right Click - SQL_Class Hound Dog Compress Database on a - Convert to Azure SQL Data Warehouse…. Database Tables Compare/Sync Database Data… - SmartSync objects… Convert to DB2… + Addresses SmartScript Convert to Greenplum… + Claims SmartDBAdmin… Convert to Hadoop… Convert to Kognitio… + Customer_Table Convert Table Structures Convert to Netezza… + Employee_TableMove Data to Azure SAP HANA Convert to Oracle… Convert to ParAccel… + Department_TableMove Data to DB2… Move Data to Hadoop Convert to Matrix…. + Order_Table Move Data to Oracle Convert to Redshift… + Providers Move Data to SQL Server Convert to SAP HANA… Convert to SQL Server… + Sales_TableRefresh Database Convert to Vertica… + Services Properties

Right click on any database in your systems tree and choose “Convert Table Structures” from the menu and then choose the database you want to convert to in the submenu. We have chosen to convert our Teradata SQL_Class database to a SQL Server database in the above example. Turn the page and see your options. Page 40

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Converting Table Structures DDL (2 of 4)

Convert Tables From Teradata

Convert to SQL Server Convert General Converted DDL Options 1. Select the tables you would like to convert on the left 2. Click the blue arrow to send them into the conversion queue on the right 3. Finally, click the “Execute” button to convert SourceTables Tables To Be Converted Tables (9) Addresses Place a Claims checkmark Course_Table on the tables you Customer_Table want to Department_Table X convert Employee_Table and then hit the Job_Table blue arrow. Order_Table Sales_Table

Place a checkmark on the tables you want to convert and then hit the blue arrow. To checkmark all tables, place a checkmark on the Tables box. You can deselect any tables you want to exclude. Either way, once you have a checkmark in the box for the tables you want to convert you merely need to click on the blue arrow. See what happens on the next page.

Page 41

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Converting Table Structures DDL (3 of 4)

Convert Tables From Teradata

Convert to SQL Server Convert General Converted DDL Options 1. Select the tables you would like to convert on the left 2. Click the blue arrow to send them into the conversion queue on the right 3. Finally, click the “Execute” button to convert SourceTables Tables To Be Converted Tables (9) Tables (9) Addresses Addresses Place a Claims Claims checkmark Course_Table Course_Table on the tables you Customer_Table Customer_Table want to Department_Table X Department_Table convert Employee_Table Employee_Table and then hit the Job_Table Job_Table blue arrow. Order_Table Order_Table Sales_Table Sales_Table

After pressing on the blue arrow, the tables you have selected to be compressed now appear in the “To Be Converted” window on the right. You can now hit the EXECUTE button at the top of the form to begin the DDL Conversion.

Page 42

Chapter 2 How to Use Nexus

Converting Table Structures DDL (4 of 4)

Convert Tables From Teradata

Convert to SQL Server Convert General Converted DDL Options Send to Nexus

CREATE TABLE [SQL_CLASS].[dbo].[Addresses] ([Subscriber_No] INTEGER, [Street] VARCHAR (30), The Teradata table structures (DDL) [City] VARCHAR (20), have been converted to DDL for a [State] CHAR (2), SQL Server system. [Zip] INTEGER, [AreaCode] SMALLINT, [Phone] INTEGER, PRIMARY KEY NONCLUSTERED ([Subscriber_No]) ;

CREATE TABLE [SQL_CLASS].[dbo].[Course_table] ([Course_ID] SMALLINT, [Course_name] VARCHAR (30), [Credits] TINYINT, [Seats] TINYINT, PRIMARY KEY NONCLUSTERED ([Course_ID])

The table structures (DDL) has been converted from Teradata to SQL Server. The user can press the “Send to Nexus” blue arrow and the new DDL will be placed inside the Nexus query window. The user can then run it to create these table structures on their SQL Server system.

Page 43

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

Page 44

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

Chapter 3 – The Garden of Analysis

"In giving advice, seek to help, not please, your friend."

- Solon (638 BC - 559 BC)

Page 45

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

How to Get to the Garden of Analysis?

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 + Aster Data + Azure Cloud SELECT * The Result Set of every query has a + DB2 FROM Employee_table "Garden of Analysis" button. + Excel Where Dept_No = 400 ; + Greenplum + Hadoop + Kognitio Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 + Netezza Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary + Oracle + Matrix 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 54500.00 + Redshift 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 54500.00 + SQL Server 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 36000.00 + Sybase + Teradata + Vertica

With every result set there is a "Garden of Analysis" button right next to the result tab of the answer set. If you press the Garden of Analysis tab you will be placed in the garden. It is there that you will discover that all of your answer sets have been saved. In the Garden of Analysis, you can get a abundant of additional analytics, reports, graphs, charts, dashboards and you can also join answer sets together. The brilliance is that all additional analysis is done by Nexus inside your PC. Page 46

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Welcome Screen of the Garden of Analysis

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the blue button you will leave the Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

Nexus can query all of systems in your enterprise and each answer set is automatically present in the Garden of Analysis. This is a unique concept because any and all answer sets can be re-queried by Nexus inside your desktop. Above, we have four answer sets. You must set the result set you want to work with as the "Active Result Set". Turn the page and see how to do just that.

Page 47

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

Setting the Active Result Set

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the blue button you will leave the Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 > Right click on any Result Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab tab and choose Print Result Set "Set as Active Result Set" 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

Before the Garden of Analysis will work you must right click on any result tab and click "Set as Active Result Set". Above, we right clicked on the Result 4 tab and made it the "Active Result Set". Now, whenever the tabs at the top are selected, such as Aggregate, OLAP, Rank, Grouping Sets etc., it will know what result set and the columns to put in the drop down menus to get the new reports. We will run an example of the Aggregate tab next. Page 48

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (1 of 3)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the Left click on the Aggregate Tab blue button you will leave the 2 Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 1 > Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab Right click on any Result Print Result Set 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden tab you want to work with 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set and choose 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 "Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get ready to get additional aggregate reports on an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re- queried. 2) Click on the Aggregate Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next. Page 49

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (2 of 3)

2 Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Aggregate By Group By (Optional) Options

…> Product_Id …> Product_ID Aggregate Functions Sale_Date Daily_Sales 4 Where Clauses … Choose the 3 Product_ID Choose the column Daily_Sales from the from the drop down Clear Create 5 drop down

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on a Result tab and choose Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

In five easy steps we got all the aggregates. 1) We made Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) We then chose the Aggregate tab at the top (red circle). 3) We clicked on the Aggregate By drop down menu and chose the column Daily_Sales. 4) We clicked on the Group By column drop down menu and chose Product_ID. 5) We then clicked on the CREATE button. Watch what happens on the next page!

Page 50

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Aggregate Tab (3 of 3)

2 Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Aggregate By Group By (Optional) Options

…> …> Aggregate Functions

Daily_Sales Product_ID Where Clauses … 3 Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Aggregate Product_ID Count (*) Sum Average Minimum Maximum

3000 7 22458 32083.9 15675.33 61301.77 A new aggregate 1000 7 33120 47314.9 32800.50 64300.00 report appears 2000 7 30661 43801.6 32800.50 54850.29

The Garden of Analysis allows you to get additional reports, analytics, charts, graphs and also has the ability to sort or join answer sets. Above, we see that we have a new report on Aggregates. All calculations in the Garden of Analysis are done inside Nexus. There is no network movement or work done on the data warehouse. This is as efficient as it gets!

Page 51

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the Left click on the OLAP Tab blue button you will leave the 2 Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 1 > Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab Right click on any Result Print Result Set 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden tab you want to work with 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set and choose 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 "Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get ready to get OLAP reports on an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the OLAP Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 52

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (2 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard OLAP By Sort By Partition By (Optional) Options

…> 3 …> 4 …> 5 OLAP Functions…

Moving Window 6 6

Display Columns…

Clear Create 7

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on a Result tab and choose Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

In seven easy steps we can get all the aggregates. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the OLAP tab at the top (red circle). 3) Click on the OLAP By drop down menu and choose the column you want to calculate. 4) Click on the Sort By column drop down and chose the column(s) you want to sort on. 5) Optionally click on the drop down menu for the column you want to Partition By (Reset or Group By). 6) Change the moving window. 7) Hit the Create button. Turn the page to see the actual choices we made. Page 53

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard OLAP By Sort By Partition By (Optional) Options

…> …> …> OLAP Functions…

Daily_Sales Product_Id Product_Id Moving Window 3

Sale_Date Display Columns…

Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

From the OLAP By dropdown menu we chose the Daily_Sales column. From the Sort By dropdown menu we chose Product_ID first and then Sale_Date (minor sort). From the optional Partition By dropdown menu we chose to reset the calculations on Product_ID. Next we chose the moving window to be 3. Then we just needed to hit the create button. Watch what happens on the following page. Page 54

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – OLAP Tab (4 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard OLAP By Sort By Partition By (Optional) Options

…> …> …> OLAP Functions…

Daily_Sales Product_Id Product_Id Moving Window 3

Sale_Date Display Columns…

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 OLAP

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales CSUM MSUM MAVG MDIFF COUNT MIN

1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 48850.40 48850.40 48850.4 ? 1 15675.33 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 103350.62 103350.62 51675.31 ? 2 15675.33 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07 139350.69 139350.69 46450.23 -12850.33 3 15675.33 1000 10/01/2000 40200.43 179551.12 130700.72 43566.91 -14299.79 4 15675.33 1000 10/02/2000 32800.50 212351.62 109001.00 36333.67 -3199.57 5 15675.33 1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 276651.62 137300.93 45766.98 24099.57 6 15675.33 1000 10/04/2000 54553.10 331204.72 151653.60 50551.2 21752.60 7 15675.33 2000 09/28/2000 41888.88 373093.60 160741.98 53580.66 -22411.12 8 15675.33

Not all results could fit on the screen. You will be able to get cumulative sums, moving sums, moving averages, moving differences, counts, max and min values plus each calculation again as they reset on Product_ID (end of report). All calculations are done by Nexus inside your PC.

Page 55

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the Left click on the Rank Tab blue button you will leave the 2 Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 1 > Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab Right click on any Result Print Result Set 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden tab you want to work with 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set and choose 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 "Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get ready to get Rank reports on an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Rank Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next. Page 56

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (2 of 4)

2 Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Rank By Partition By (Optional) Rank Options > > 5 Dense Rank … 3 … 4 Percent Rank Qualify…

Alias Rank Rank

Where Columns…

Display Columns…

Clear Create 6

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on a Result tab and choose Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set 1 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13

In six easy steps you can get three different Rank Functions. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the Rank tab at the top (red circle). 3) Click on the Rank By drop down and chose the column you want to Rank. 4) Click on the Partition By column drop down and choose the column(s) you want to optionally Partition By (Reset or Group By). 5) Leave the three ranks you want by not unchecking any of them. 6) Hit create. Turn the page to see the actual choices that we made. Page 57

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Rank By Partition By (Optional) Rank Options > > Dense Rank … … Percent Rank Daily_Sales DESC Product_Id Qualify…

Alias Rank Rank Once we selected Daily_Sales The rankings will be it defaulted to ASC, but when grouped and start over Where Columns… we click on Daily_Sales again with each again, it toggles to DESC Product_Id break Display Columns…

Clear Create

From the Rank by dropdown menu we chose the Daily_Sales column. We needed to click on the Daily_Sales ASC to toggle it to Daily_Sales DESC. From the optional Partition By dropdown menu we chose to reset the calculations on Product_ID. We chose to keep the options of Rank, Dense Rank and Percent Rank. Then we just needed to hit the Create button. Watch what happens.

Page 58

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Rank Tab (4 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Rank By Partition By (Optional) Rank Options > > Dense Rank … … Percent Rank Daily_Sales DESC Product_Id Qualify…

Alias Rank Rank

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Percent Rank Dense Rank Rank

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rank Percent Rank Dense Rank

1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 1 0.0000 1 1000 10/04/2000 64300.00 1 0.0000 1 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3 0.3333 2 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 4 0.5000 3 1000 10/01/2000 40200.43 5 0.6666 4 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07 6 0.8333 5 1000 10/02/2000 32800.50 7 1.0000 6 2000 10/01/2000 54850.29 1 0.0000 1

Not all results could fit on the screen. You actually get three different reports (one for Rank, Dense Rank and Percent Rank). The difference between a Rank and Dense Rank is how they handle ties. The Percent Rank will rank the rows in a percentage. For example, in row 3 (0.333) means only 33% of the rows did better than that row for Product_ID 1000. We partitioned by Product_ID so all three ranks start over on Product_ID breaks.

Page 59

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (1 of 4)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 Query 2 Query 3 + Aster Data + Azure Cloud SELECT * The Result Set of every query has a + DB2 FROM Employee_table "Garden of Analysis" button. + Excel Where Dept_No = 400 ; + Greenplum + Hadoop + Kognitio Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 + Netezza Employee_No Dept_No Last_Name First_Name Salary + Oracle + Matrix 1 1256349 400 Harrison Herbert 54500.00 + Redshift 2 1121334 400 Strickling Cletus 54500.00 + SQL Server 3 2341218 400 Reilly William 36000.00 + Sybase + Teradata + Vertica

To get Grouping Sets, Group By Rollup and Group By Cube reports on an answer do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Grouping Sets Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 60

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (2 of 4)

2 Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Products Date Column (Optional) Sum Options

…> …> …> Grouping Sets 4 5 6 Rollup Choose the Cube Choose the column Column you Choose the Date Extraction want to you want to sum 3 3 date column calculate on from the from the drop down Year from the drop down Month drop down Clear Create 7

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on Result 4 tab and choose Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

In seven easy steps you can get Grouping Sets, Group By Rollup and Group By Cube reports on an answer set. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the Grouping Sets tab at the top (red circle). 3) Click on the Products drop down and choose the column you want to for the Product. 4) Click on the Date column drop down and choose the column you want to optionally choose as the date column. 5) Click on the Sum dropdown and choose the column you want to sum. 6) Leave the three Grouping Sets, Rollup and Cube reports you want by not unchecking any of them. 7) Hit Create. Turn the page to see the actual choices we made.

Page 61

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the blue button you will leave the Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 > Right click on any Result Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab tab and choose Print Result Set "Set as Active Result Set" 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

From the Products dropdown menu, we chose the Product_ID column. From the Date Column (Optional) we chose the Sale_Date column. From the Sum dropdown menu, we chose the Daily_Sales column. We left all three options checked to get Grouping Sets, Rollup and Cube. Then we hit the Create button. Watch what happens.

Page 62

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Grouping Sets Tab (4 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Products Date Column (Optional) Sum Options

…> …> …> Grouping Sets Rollup Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Cube Date Extraction 3 Clear Create Year Month

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Grouping sets Cube Rollup 3 new Product_ID MTH YR Sum_Daily_Sales reports were This report depicts 3000 ? ? 224587.82 created 2000 ? ? 306611.81 the actual results with the PC 1000 ? ? 331204.72 of the Grouping Sets doing all ? 10 ? 443634.99 the work ? 9 ? 418769.36 ? ? 2000 862404.35

We instantly received three more answer sets (in yellow and pink) for Grouping Sets, Group by Cube and Group by Rollup. What is truly intelligent is that we re-queried Result 4 to get the three new reports and did so inside Nexus. The data warehouse was not re-queried, but instead the Nexus used the processor and memory inside the PC to calculate the analytics. All answer sets are saved to the Garden of Analysis so users can get additional reports by merely clicking on the appropriate tab and selecting the columns they want in the varying templates. Why not have your own data warehouse inside Nexus? Page 63

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the Left click on the Quantiles Tab blue button you will leave the 2 Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 1 > Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab Right click on any Result Print Result Set 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden tab you want to work with 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set and choose 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 "Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get Quantiles on an answer set you need two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Quantiles Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 64

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (2 of 4)

2 Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Group By Partition By (Optional) Options Quantile Groups 4 …> …> 5 4 Alias Quantile Quartile Choose the Column you Choose the Where Clauses… want to 3 3 Column from calculate on the drop down Display Columns… from the menu you want drop down to reset on Clear Create 6

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on Result 4 tab and choose Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

In six easy steps you can get Quantile reports on an answer set. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the Quantiles tab at the top (red circle). 3) Click on the Group By drop down and chose the column you want to calculate. 4) Click on the optional Partition By dropdown and choose the column you want to reset on. 5) Click on the Quantile Groups and choose the number of Quantiles you desire. 6) Hit create. Turn the page to see actual choices. Page 65

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Group By Partition By (Optional) Options Quantile Groups 3 …> …> Alias Quantile Tertile Daily_Sales (DESC) Product_ID (ASC) Where Clauses… Once we selected Daily_Sales3 Display Columns… it defaulted to ASC, but when we click on Daily_Sales again, it toggles to DESC Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

From the Group By dropdown menu we chose the Daily_Sales column. From the Partition By Column (Optional) we chose the Product_ID column. We changed the Quantiles Groups to 3, which automatically changed the Alias Quantile to Tertile. Then we hit the create button. Watch what happens. Page 66

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Quantiles Tab (4 of 4)

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Quantiles Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Tertile 1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 0 1000 10/04/2000 54553.10 0 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 0 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 1 1000 10/01/2000 40200.43 1 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07 2 1000 10/02/2000 32800.50 2 2000 10/01/2000 54850.03 0 2000 09/30/2000 49850.03 0 2000 09/29/2000 48000.00 0 2000 10/03/2000 43200.18 1 2000 09/28/2000 41888.88 1 2000 10/02/2000 36021.93 2 Not all rows 2000 10/04/2000 32800.50 2 are displayed

Since we did the optional Partition By on Product_ID and also changed the Quantile Groups to 3 (Tertiles) we see all of the Product_ID Daily_Sales together with either a 0, 1 or 2 quantile. We performed the Group By on Daily_Sales (DESC) so our top selling Daily_Sales got the 0, followed by the 1 and the 2 for the Daily_Sales that were less. Then, we start over on the Product_ID change and the calculations begin again.

Page 67

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

If you hit the Left click on the Top Tab blue button you will leave the 2 Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 1 > Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab Right click on any Result Print Result Set 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden tab you want to work with 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set and choose 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 "Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get Top values on an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Tab labeled Top (red arrow). Turn the page and see what happens next. Page 68

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (2 of 4)

2 Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Column to Order By Options Rows to return 4 4 …> With Ties Choose the Column you Where Clauses… 3 want to calculate on Display Columns… from the drop down Clear Create 5

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on Result 4 tab and choose Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

In five easy steps you can get Top reports on an answer set. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the tab labeled Top (red circle). 3) Click on the Column to Order By drop down and chose the column in which you want top results. 4) Adjust the “Rows to Return” number for the amount of rows you require. 5) Hit create. Turn the page to see actual choices.

Page 69

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Column to Order By Options Rows to return 4 …> With Ties Daily_Sales (Desc) Where Clauses…

Display Columns…

Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

From the Column to Order By dropdown menu we chose the Daily_Sales (Desc) column. We kept the Rows to Return number at 4, which will give us four rows. If we checked the With Ties checkbox we would get any ties after four rows if the Daily_Sales value was the same (a tie). Then we hit the Create button. Watch what happens. Page 70

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Top Tab (4 of 4)

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Top Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 2000 10/01/2000 54850.03 1000 10/04/2000 54553.10

Our answer set contains the top four Daily_Sales (Desc) from our answer set and we only received four rows. We asked for the top 4 and we got the top 4 rows.

Page 71

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Left click If you hit the on the blue button you Sort Tab will leave the Garden and be 2 back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 1 > Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab Right click on any Result Print Result Set 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden tab you want to work with 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set and choose 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 "Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To Sort an answer set you do the following two steps. 1) Click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be re-queried. 2) Click on the Sort Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next. Page 72

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (2 of 4)

2 Toggle Garden Docking Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Column to Sort By Options

…> Display Columns…

Choose the Column(s) you 3 want to 4 Sort on from the drop down Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Right click on Result 4 tab and choose Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Set as active Result Set

3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 1 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

In four easy steps you can sort an answer set. 1) Make Result 4 the active result set by right clicking on the Result 4 tab and choosing "Set as active Result Set". 2) Choose the Sort tab at the top (red circle). 3) Click on the Column to Sort By drop down and chose the column(s) in which you want to sort the results. 4) Hit create. Turn the page to see the actual choices. Page 73

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Column to Sort By Options

…> Display Columns… Once we select Daily_Sales Product_ID it defaults to ASC, but when we click on Daily_Sales Daily_Sales (Desc) again, it toggles to DESC Clear Create

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 To get two sort keys Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales (Major Sort) by Product_ID and Minor Sort by Daily_Sales, 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 we first selected Product_Id 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 and afterward selected Daily_Sales 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22

From the Column to Sort By dropdown menu we chose the Product_ID column. We chose a second sort column from the Column to Sort by dropdown menu as the Daily_Sales column (click on it to toggle it to DESC). Hit Create. Watch what happens.

Page 74

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Sort Tab (4 of 4)

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Sort

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 1000 10/04/2000 54553.10 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 1000 10/01/2000 40200.43 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07 1000 10/02/2000 32800.50 2000 10/01/2000 54850.29 2000 09/30/2000 49850.03 2000 09/29/2000 48000.00 2000 10/03/2000 43200.18 2000 09/28/2000 41888.88 2000 10/02/2000 36021.93 2000 10/04/2000 32800.50 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 3000 10/01/2000 28000.00 3000 10/03/2000 21553.79 3000 10/02/2000 19678.94 3000 10/04/2000 15675.33

Our answer set has now been sorted by Product_ID (Major Sort) and Daily_Sales Desc (Minor Sort).

Page 75

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Left click If you hit the on the blue button you Join Tab will leave the Garden and be back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 1 Order_Number Customer_Number Order_Date Order_Total Customer_Number Customer_Name Phone_Number

123512 11111111 01/01/1999 8005.91 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 555-1234 123456 11111111 05/04/1998 12347.53 31313131 Acme Products 555-1111 123552 31323134 10/01/1999 5111.47 31323134 ACE Consulting 555-1212 123777 57896883 09/09/1999 23454.84 57896883 XYZ Plumbing 347-8954 123585 87323456 10/10/1999 15231.62 87323456 Databases N-U 322-1012

To join answer sets together you need a single step. 1) Click on the join Tab (at the top). Notice that we have two answer sets that are named Result 1 and Result 2. Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 76

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (2 of 4)

1 Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Left Table 2 Right Table 3 Options Join Type: Left Table Join Column(s) Right Table Join Column(s) 6 Inner Join …> 4 …> 5 Left (Outer) Join Right (Outer) Join Full Join

Clear Create 7

In seven easy steps you can sort an answer set. 1) Choose the Join tab at the top (red circle). 2) Choose the Left Table from the Left Table Drop Down (one of the answer sets). 3) Choose the Right Table from the Right Table Drop Down (one of the answer sets) 4) Choose the Left Table Join Column from the menu. 5) Choose the Right Table Join Column from the menu. 6) Pick the join type you want from the Options menu. 7) Hit the Create button. Turn the page to see the actual choices.

Page 77

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Left Table Result 1 Right Table Result 2 Options Join Type: Left Table Join Column(s) Right Table Join Column(s) Inner Join …> …> Left (Outer) Join

Customer_Number Customer_Number Right (Outer) Join Full Join

Clear Create

We Chose the Result 1 answer set for the Left Table from the Left Table drop down menu. We Chose the Result 2 answer set for the Right Table from the Right Table drop down menu. We chose the Customer_Number column from the Left Table Join Column drop down menu. We Chose the Customer_Number column for the Right Table Join Column from the Right Table Join Columns drop down menu. We kept the Join Type of Inner Join. We hit the Create button. Turn the page to see the results.

Page 78

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Join Tab (4 of 4)

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 Join

Order_Number Customer_Number Order_Date Order_Total Customer_Number2 Customer_Name Phone_Number

123552 31323134 10/01/1999 5111.47 31323134 ACE Consulting 555-1212 123777 57896883 09/09/1999 23454.84 57896883 XYZ Plumbing 347-8954 123512 11111111 01/01/1999 8005.91 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 555-1234 123456 11111111 05/04/1998 12347.53 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 555-1234 123585 87323456 10/10/1999 15231.62 87323456 Databases N-U 322-1012

The two answer sets are now joined together. You can join answer sets from different systems just as easily.

Page 79

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard 2 If you hit the Left click blue button you on the will leave the Charts/Graphs Garden and be Tab back to your main Nexus screen

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 1 > Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab Right click on any Result Print Result Set 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden tab you want to work with 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set and choose 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 "Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get charts and graphs for an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be placed into graphs and charts. 2) Click on the Charts/Graphs Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 80

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (2 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard 1 Options Values (Y Axis) Labels (X axis) Sort By (Optional) Basic Chart Types: Advanced > > > … … … Pie Chart Line Chart 2 3 4 6 Column Chart All Types Partition By (Optional) Visual Type:

…> 7 Flat (2D) 3D 5 Basic Chart Values: Sum 8 Clear Create

In eight easy steps you can graph and chart an answer set with 35 different graphs and charts. 1) Choose the Graphs/Charts tab at the top (red circle). 2) Choose the column you want as the Y Axis from the Values (Y Axis) Drop Down menu. 3) Choose the column you want to be the X axis from the Labels (X axis) Drop Down menu. 4) Choose the Sort By (Optional) column in which you want to sort from the drop down menu. 5) Choose the optional Partition By column from the drop down menu. 6) Pick the type of chart from the Basic Chart Types options. 7) Pick the Visual Type of chart you want. 8) Hit the Create button. Turn the page to see the actual choices. Page 81

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (3 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Options Values (Y Axis) Labels (X axis) Sort By (Optional) Basic Chart Types: Advanced > > > … … … Pie Chart Product_ID (ASC) Daily_Sales Sale_Date Line Chart Sale_Date (ASC) Column Chart All Types All Charts Partition By (Optional) Visual Type:

…> Flat (2D) 3D Product_ID (ASC) Basic Chart Values: Sum Clear Create

You can see the columns above that we chose. Because we chose All Types and All Charts in the options tab we got 35 charts and each was placed in the Dashboard. Turn the page to see one of the many charts.

Page 82

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Charts/Graphs Tab (4 of 4)

64300.0

59437.5

54575.1

49712.6

44850.1

39987.7

35125.2

30262.7

25400.3

20537.8

15675.3 9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000 9/28/2000 9/28/2000 9/28/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000

1000 2000

The chart above represents the answer set. This chart has been placed in the dashboard along with 35 other charts depicting the same answer set and parameters.

Page 83

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (1 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Left click 2 on the Dynamic Charts Tab

Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 Result 4 1 > Set as Active Result Set Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Rename Tab Right click on any Result Print Result Set 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 Save Result Set to Garden tab you want to work with 1000 09/28/2000 48850.40 Remove Result Set and choose 3000 09/29/2000 34509.13 "Set as Active Result Set" Export Result Set 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 3000 09/30/2000 43868.86 1000 09/30/2000 36000.07

To get Dynamic Charts for an answer set do the following two steps. 1) Right click on the answer set you want to work with and choose "Set as Active Result Set". That answer set is now ready to be placed in a Dynamic Chart. 2) Click on the Dynamic Charts Tab (at the top). Turn the page and see what happens next. Page 84

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (2 of 4)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Load Visualization

You need to take two steps 1) Make sure you have selected the Dynamic Charts tab at the top (red circle). 2) Hit the Load Visualization button. Turn the page to see what happens next.

Page 85

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (3 of 4)

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard File Edit View Data Layout Help Close Session Execute

Find: Pages Columns

Attributes Rows Sale_Date Data Measures

Filters

Measures Level of Detail

Product_ID Encodings Daily_Sales Markin Auto-Text Values Label Color Size

Dynamic Charts allow you to drop and drag columns from the Attributes and Measures area. As you drop and drag, the charts dynamically change. Above, you can see the Sale_Date (in red) and the Product_ID (in blue) and the Daily_Sales column (in pink). The next slide will show how we drop and drag these Attributes and Measures to get our chart. Page 86

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (4 of 4)

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard File Edit View Data Layout Help Close Session Execute

Find: Pages Columns Sale_Date

Attributes Rows Daily_Sales Sale_Date Data 160K Measures 140K Filters 120K 100K 90K 80K Measures Level of Detail 70K Daily_Sales Product_ID 60K Encodings 50K Daily_Sales Markin Auto-Text 40K Values Label 30K 20K Color Sale_Date 10K Size 9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000

Notice how we dragged the attributes and measures to the varying parts of the application. Because we put the Daily_Sales column in the level of detail, the actual Daily_Sales will appear if you hover your mouse over any of the bars. Page 87

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dashboard Tab (1 of 5)

Toggle Garden Docking

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard

Left click on the Dashboard Tab

Once you create and save graphs and charts to the dashboard you can view your graphs and charts in varying ways. Just left click on the Dashboard Tab at the top. Turn the page and see what happens next.

Page 88

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (2 of 5)

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Slideshow Thumbnails Seconds to Display 1 Pause Scroll Compare

64300.0 Every 1 second another slide 59437.5 displays, until you hit Pause 54575.1 49712.6 44850.1 39987.7 35125.2 30262.7 25400.3 20537.8 15675.3 9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000 9/28/2000 9/28/2000 9/28/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000 1000 2000

The slideshow will display the many graphs one at a time in intervals of seconds. Hit the pause button to stop and examine any particular slide.

Page 89

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (3 of 5)

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Slideshow Thumbnails Pause Scroll Compare

64300.0 The graphs and charts will 1000 59437.5 scroll across the screen 2000 54575.1 3000 49712.6 44850.1 39987.7 35125.2 30262.7 25400.3 20537.8 15675.3 9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000

The scroll will scroll the graphs and charts across the screen from right to left. Hit the pause button to stop and examine any particular graph or chart. Hit the speed bar to speed up or slow down the scrolling.

Page 90

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (4 of 5)

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Slideshow Thumbnails Scroll Compare Result 6 Column Chart With Result 6 Pie Chart (3D)

64300.0 1000 59437.5 Sales 2000 54575.1 3000 49712.6 44850.1 39987.7 35125.2 30262.7 25400.3 20537.8 1st Qtr 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr 4th Qtr 15675.3 9/28/2000 9/29/2000 9/30/2000 10/1/2000 10/2/1000 10/3/2000 10/4/2000

The Compare allows you to compare two different charts. The drop down menus are there so you can pick chart 1 vs chart 2.

Page 91

Chapter 3 The Garden of Analysis

The Garden of Analysis – Dynamic Charts Tab (5 of 5)

Welcome Aggregate OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Quantiles Top Sort Join Charts/Graphs Dynamic Charts Dashboard Slideshow Thumbnails Send Selected Graphs to Garden Tabs

Scroll Compare Compare Selected Graphs Delete Selected Graphs

Sales

1st Qtr 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr 4th Qtr

Chart Title 5 0 Cat1 Cat2 cat3 Column1 Column2 Column3

The thumbnails show all of the graphs and charts in your dashboard. This gives you a broad view that allows you to double click on any thumbnail and see it in actual size. You can also use the menu (at the top) to send selected graphs to Garden Tabs, Compare Selected Graphs, or Delete Selected Graphs. Page 92

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Page 93

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Chapter 4 – Super Join Builder

“Time flies like an arrow. Fruit flies like a banana.” - Groucho Marx

Page 94

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting to the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class - Tables + Addresses Messages Garden of Analysis + Claims + Customer_Table Right Click on any + Employee_Table table and choose Super Join Builder + Department_Table + Order_Table + Providers + Sales_Table + Services

Right click on any table in your systems tree and choose Super Join Builder. You will be placed inside the Super Join Builder.

Page 95

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Super Join Builder is the First Entry in the Menu

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class Choose Super Join Builder from the menu Tables - Super Join Builder + Addresses Right + Claims Quick Select Click View DDL + Customer_Table + Employee_Table Move data to Oracle Move data to SQL Server + Department_Table Move data to Teradata + Order_Table Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Providers SmartScript Hound Dog Compression + Sales_Table Compare/Sync Data + Services

Right click on any table in your systems tree and a menu will appear. Choose Super Join Builder (top menu item) and the table you selected will be placed inside the Super Join Builder.

Page 96

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting to the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join + Department_Table Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) + Services

This is exactly what you will see when you first enter the Super Join Builder. You will see your table, its columns and the data types of each column. Notice the table name (Customer_Table) and the Teradata icon of T. Turn the page for more. Page 97

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Using the Add Join Button

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join Press the Add Join button to + Department_Table see what this table can Join to Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) + Services

One of the greatest features of the Super Join Builder is the Add Join drop down menu. Press the drop down and the menu will show you what other tables or views can be joined to this table.

Page 98

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

What Do You Do When No Tables Are Joinable?

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join Could not identify any joins to this object. + Department_Table Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) + Services When no joins have been defined yet, you will get the above message in the menu

You might find that when you click on the Add Join drop down menu that you receive a message that says, "Could not identify any joins to this object". This means that you haven't actually told Nexus what does join to this table. We are about to fix that. Turn to the next page and see how to define joins so that the menu will have them the next time. Page 99

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Drag a Joinable Object into the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Left click on the table Customer_Table T + Employee_Table you want to join and drag it into the + Add Join Department_Table + Super Join Builder Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) + Services

If you want to define how a table joins to another table in the Super Join Builder, you merely left click on the table in the tree and drag it into the Super Join Builder area.

Page 100

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

You Will See the Add Custom Join Window

Nexus ChameleonAdd Custom Join File Edit ViewJoin Query Type Tools Help Web Windows SystemsInner Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Existing Tables Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics SQL_Class.Customer_Table SQL_Class.Order_Table + Addresses + Claims Customer_Table T Order_Table T + Customer_Table Customer_Table T + Employee_TableCustomer_NumberLeft clickInteger on the table Order_Number Integer + Add Join Department_Table and drag it into the + Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer Super Join Builder Select * + Order_Table Phone_Number Char(8) Customer_NumberOrder_Date date Integer + Providers Customer_NameOrder_Total VarcharDecimal(10,2)(20) + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) + Services SQL_Class.Customer_Table cus INNER JOIN SQL_Class.Order_Table ord Reset + Add Join

When you drag a second table into the Super Join Builder the Add Custom Join window appears. This is the window where you will define the join conditions. Turn the page and watch how we define the columns that join the tables together.

Page 101

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Defining the Join Columns

Add Custom Join

Join Type 1) Left click the join column on the first table 2) Left click the join column on the second table Inner 3) Left click the blue arrow to establish the join condition 4) Hit the Add Join Button Existing Tables SQL_Class.Customer_Table SQL_Class.Order_Table

Customer_Table T Order_Table T Customer_Number Integer 1 Order_Number Integer Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer 2 Phone_Number Char(8) 3 Order_Date date Order_Total Decimal(10,2)

SQL_Class.Customer_Table cus INNER JOIN SQL_Class.Order_Table ord ON cus.Customer_Number = Ord.Customer_Number Reset 4 + Add Join

In four easy steps you can define the join conditions. You will only have to do this one time because Nexus will remember. Page 102

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Your Tables Will Appear Together

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T Order_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join Add Join + Department_Table Select * Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date + Services Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

Now that you have defined your tables and the join conditions the tables will appear together in the Super Join Builder. Notice the line connecting the tables points to the columns from both tables that are their respective join conditions. Page 103

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Select the Columns You Want on the Report

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T Order_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join Add Join + Department_Table Select * Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date + Services Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

Click on the columns you want on the report and Nexus will build the SQL automatically

Put a checkmark in the column boxes for all columns you want on the report and Nexus will build the SQL automatically. Above, we have checked the Customer_Number, Customer_Name, Order_Date and Order_Total columns. Page 104

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Check Out the SQL Tab to See the SQL that has been Built

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table You are currently Click on the SQL Tab in the Objects Tab to see the SQL + Employee_Table + Department_Table Customer_Table T Order_Table T + Order_Table + Providers + Add Join Add Join + Sales_Table Select * Select * + Services Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

When you see your tables in the Super Join Builder you are in the Objects Tab. Now that you have put a checkmark on the columns you want on your report, click on the SQL tab to see the SQL that Nexus has automatically built for you.

Page 105

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

SQL Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims SQL + Customer_Table + Employee_Table SELECT + Department_Table cus.Customer_Number, + Order_Table cus.Customer_Name, + Providers ord.Order_Date, ord.Order_Total + Sales_Table FROM SQL_Class.customer_table cus + Services INNER JOIN SQL_Class.order_table ord ON cus.Customer_Number = Ord.Customer_Number ;

The SQL has automatically been built for you because you put a check on the column you wanted to see on the report. You can hit the Execute button (above the Objects tab) or you can Preview SQL in Nexus. We will show you both options next.

Page 106

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Hit Execute to get the Report Inside the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims SQL + Customer_Table + Employee_Table SELECT + Department_Table cus.Customer_Number, + Order_Table cus.Customer_Name, + Providers ord.Order_Date, ord.Order_Total + Sales_Table FROM SQL_Class.customer_table cus + Services INNER JOIN SQL_Class.order_table ord ON cus.Customer_Number = Ord.Customer_Number ;

If you click the Execute button (above the Objects tab) the report will come back inside the Super Join Builder. Turn to the next page and see the report.

Page 107

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Report is Delivered Inside the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows

Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Join Builder x - Teradata - SQL_Class SELECT - Tables cus.Customer_Number, + Addresses cus.Customer_Name, + Claims ord.Order_Date, + Customer_Table ord.Order_Total + Employee_Table FROM SQL_Class.customer_table cus + Department_Table INNER JOIN SQL_Class.order_table ord + Order_Table ON cus.Customer_Number = Ord.Customer_Number ; + Providers Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 + Sales_Table + Services Customer_Number Customer_Name Order_Date Order_Total 1 31323134 ACE Consulting 10/01/1999 5111.47 2 57896883 XYZ Plumbing 09/09/1999 23454.84 3 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 05/04/1998 12347.53 4 11111111 Billy's Best Choice 01/01/1999 8005.91 5 87323456 Databases N-U 10/10/1999 15231.62

The report is delivered. Page 108

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (1 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class - Tables + Addresses Messages Garden of Analysis + Claims + Customer_Table Right Click on any + Employee_Table table and choose Super Join Builder + Department_Table + Order_Table + Providers + Sales_Table + Services

Right click on the table you previously defined in your systems tree and choose Super Join Builder. You will be placed inside the Super Join Builder. The next page will show the Right Click menu. Do you remember where the Super Join Builder is? Page 109

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (2 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class Choose Super Join Builder from the menu - Tables Super Join Builder + Addresses Right Quick Select + Claims Click View DDL + Customer_Table Move data to Oracle + Employee_Table Move data to SQL Server + Department_Table Move data to Teradata Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Order_Table SmartScript + Providers Hound Dog Compression + Sales_Table Compare/Sync Data + Services

The Super Join Builder is always the top menu item. Select that and you will be placed inside the Super Join Builder.

Page 110

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (3 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join + Department_Table Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) + Services

You once again see your table, its columns and the data types of each column. Watch what happens when we hit the Add Join drop down menu now.

Page 111

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (4 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join Press the Add Join button to + Department_Table see what this table can Join to Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) + Services

What do you think will be in the Add Join drop down menu this time? I bet you already guessed it. Turn the page.

Page 112

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (5 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join + Department_Table Select * + Order_Table T SQL_Class.Order_Table Customer_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) You now have the + Services Order_Table in the menu. Choose it.

Since you previously defined the relationship between the Customer_Table and the Order_Table the Add Join drop down menu will list these tables as joinable. Just use the menu to select the Order_Table and both tables will appear side by side together in the Super Join Builder. Turn the page and see for yourself. Page 113

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Join Two Tables Again (6 of 6)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims + Customer_Table Customer_Table T Order_Table T + Employee_Table + Add Join Add Join + Department_Table Select * Select * + Order_Table Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer + Providers Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer + Sales_Table Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date + Services Order_Total Decimal (10,2) + Subscribers

Now that you have defined your tables and the join conditions, the tables will appear together in the Super Join Builder. Notice the line connecting the tables points to the columns from both tables that are their respective join conditions. Page 114

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder Philosophy – One Query

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

The tabs above work as a team on a single query. Each tab is designed for a different purpose. The next series of slides will explain how to use each tab effectively, in order to build a single query quickly and efficiently. Each time you change something in a tab, the SQL being built is changed to build the query as you desire.

The Super Join Builder is one of the most intricate pieces of commercial software ever built. Each tab above performs a different function so that you can quickly build the most efficient query possible.

Page 115

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Objects Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

The Objects tab shows your objects (tables and views) and provides a menu of what other objects are joinable.

Customer_Table T Order_Table T + Add Join Add Join

Create cube Select * Order_Table Select * Create cube w/ columns Customer_Number Integer Order_Number Integer Customer_Name Varchar(20) Customer_Number Integer Phone_Number Char(8) Order_Date Date Order_Total Decimal (10,2)

The Objects tab is the first screen you will always see when you right click on a table and choose "Super Join Builder". It shows the table you right clicked on in your systems tree (visually). You can then select from the Add Join drop down to see a menu of what other objects can be joined. If you click on an object in the Add Join drop down it will be joined. You can also click the Cube drop down menu to automatically select all objects that are joinable (instantly). Each time you checkmark a column in an object the SQL is automatically built and that column will be on your report. Of course you can always check all columns in an object by putting a checkmark in the Select * check box of an object. Above, we are joining the Customer_Table to the Order_Table and have put a checkmark on the Customer_Name, Order_Date and Order_Total. Page 116

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Columns Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Trashcan – Drag and drop object here to remove them from the report.

The Columns tab allows you to see the column on your Report Columns report, and to change their order. It shows the columns you have selected on the report (at the top), because you Customer_Name Order_Date Order_Total placed a checkmark in them from the objects tab. It also shows you the columns you did not checkmark (at the bottom). You can move the columns around, throw them in the trash, bring up columns that were not selected, and the SQL will change to reflect exactly what Additional Columns you want your report columns to look like.

Customer_Number Phone_Number Order_Number Customer_Number

The columns tab allows you to rearrange columns on your report. You can drag and drop columns to change their order. Notice that the columns are color coded to match the color of the table (in the objects tab) that they came from. Columns at the top are the ones you selected. The columns at the bottom are the ones you did not select. You can throw columns at the top in the trash can and they are no longer on your report, as they will reappear at the bottom. You can even move columns from the bottom up to the top and they will then be on your report. You can even hit Ctrl click on one column and then shift click on another and they will all highlight (so you can throw them all in the trash). With each column change, the SQL is automatically adjusted to reflect the order of the columns you want on the report.

Page 117

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Sorting Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Trashcan – Drag and drop object here to remove them from the report.

Column Name Sort Type

Order_Date ASC The Sorting tab is for the ORDER BY clause. Double click on any column below and it will be used to sort the report. Report Columns Customer_Name Order_Date Order_Total

Additional Columns Customer_Number Phone_Number Order_Number Customer_Number

The Sorting Tab allows you to double-click on any column that you want to use in the ORDER BY statement of the SQL. This essentially sorts the report. The Report Columns shows the columns you selected to be on your report. The Additional Columns shows the columns you did not select to be on your report. You can however choose from any of these columns to be the sort key. Double click on a column, or click-and-drag it up, and it will be a sort key. You can have multiple sort keys and you can always choose either ASC or DESC mode. Above, we are going to sort the answer set by Order_Date in ascending mode. The Nexus will automatically place "ORDER BY Order_Date ASC" in the SQL that is built automatically.

Page 118

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Joins Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Join Type Join Objects Customer_Table SQL_Class.Customer_Table Cus INNER Joins to SQL_Class.Order_Table ORD INNER JOIN ON Cus.Customer_Number = ORD.Customer_Number Order_Table

INNER ON Cus.Customer_Number LEFT RIGHT The Joins tab allows you to change = ORD.Customer_Number FULL from Inner joins to outer joins. The Joins tab also gives you a visual of the joining tables and the columns in the ON Clause

Use the Joins tab if you want to change your joins from Inner to Outer joins. The drop down menu (red arrow) allows you to easily adjust your SQL to utilize the outer join of your choice. It is also designed to show you the tables being joined and the join column conditions in the ON CLAUSE. Above, we have decided to keep the default INNER JOIN.

Page 119

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – WHERE Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Report Columns Unique Primary Indexes Customer_Number Order_Number Customer_Name Order_Date Order_Total Non-Unique Secondary Indexes Order_Date Customer_Name Additional Columns Customer_Number Phone_Number Order_Number Customer_Number

AND WHERE OR IN WHERE Customer_Number = 1111111 BETWEEN LIKE =

The WHERE tab shows you the indexes of the base tables, even if the objects are views. Knowing the indexes helps users build queries that can perform at top speeds. Double click on any column and it will appear in the WHERE clause below. Above, we double clicked on Customer_Number and then typed in 11111111. Our SQL will reflect this automatically.

Page 120

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – SQL Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

SQL

SELECT Cus.Customer_Name, ORD.Order_Date, ORD.Order_Total FROM SQL_Class.Customer_Table Cus INNER JOIN SQL_Class.Order_Table ORD ON Cus.Customer_Number = ORD.Customer_Number WHERE Cus.Customer_Number = 11111111 ORDER BY Ord.Order_Date ASC ;

The SQL tab shows you the SQL that Nexus has automatically generated. The SQL begins being built the first time you checkmark a column in the objects tab, and changes with each change you request from any of the other tabs. We originally requested Customer_Name, Order_Date and Order_Total in the Objects tab. We sorted by Order_Date ASC in the Sorting Tab. We added a WHERE clause for Customer_Number 11111111 in the WHERE tab. This has been reflected in the SQL above. Nexus always generates the SQL perfectly, no matter what system you are using.

Page 121

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Metadata Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Table Metadata Explain

This request is eligible for incremental planning and execution (IPE) but does not meet cost thresholds. The following is the Customer_Table T Order_Table T static plan for the request. 1) First, we lock a distinct SQL_CLASS."pseudo table" for read on a RowHash to prevent global deadlock for Table Size: 5 KB Table Size: 5 KB SQL_CLASS.ORD. 2) Next, we lock SQL_CLASS.ORD for read. Row Count: 6 Row Count: 6 3) We do an all-AMPs RETRIEVE step from SQL_CLASS.ORD by way of an all-rows scan with a condition of ("SQL_CLASS.ORD.Customer_Number = 11111111") into Spool 2 (one-amp), which is redistributed by the hash code of (11111111) to all AMPs. Then we do a SORT to order Spool 2 by row hash. The size of The Metadata tab shows you the size of each table in your Spool 2 is estimated with low confidence to be 2 rows (60 join. This becomes a strategic asset for Cross-System joins. bytes). The estimated time for this step is 0.01 seconds.

The Metadata tab will show you the size of your table, including row counts. This will be extremely important when you begin performing cross-system joins. Nexus always thinks about performance tuning first because Nexus has been used (in production) by many of the largest companies in the world. The Metadata tab will also show you the optimizer's plan, which is often called the Explain plan, if you request it by clicking on the magnifying glass (red circle above).

Page 122

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Analytics Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Sales_Table T Start the Analytics by + Add Join bringing in a table to the Super Join Builder, Select * but make sure you Product_ID Integer checkmark the columns Sale_Date Date you will be using in the Daily_Sales Char(8) Analytics tab.

The Analytics tab will allow a user to quickly build the SQL needed for Ordered Analytics (OLAP), Rank, and Grouping Sets. These analytics can also be done in the Garden of Analysis after an answer set returns, but on extremely large data sets it can be advantageous to have analytics performed by the data warehouse. The Analytics tab will build the SQL for the user so the user can submit that SQL to the data warehouse to receive an answer set. Start by right clicking on a table in the system tree and choosing Super Join Builder from the right click menu. Then, checkmark the columns you will want on your report, and then go to the Analytics tab.

Page 123

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the Super Join Builder – Analytics Sub-Tabs

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets

You will default to the OLAP tab, but you need to start the analytics process by making sure you go to the correct subtab of either: • OLAP • Rank • Grouping Sets

The three tabs inside the Analytics tab are OLAP, Rank and Grouping Sets. You will automatically start in the OLAP tab, but your first step is to determine is you want to perform OLAP, Rank or Grouping Sets. Make sure you are in the right Analytics subtab to begin your analytics. We will begin with the OLAP tab example on the next page.

Page 124

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – OLAP Screen

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the OLAPs below

OLAP Sorting Partitioning Moving Window OLAP Function With Partitioning Column Name 6 Select * Select * (P) CSUM CSUM (P) MSUM MSUM (P) MAVG MAVG (P) MAVG (C) MDIFF MDIFF (P) COUNT COUNT (P) Report Columns MAX MAX (P) Drag and drop MIN MIN (P) Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales these columns

This is usually the exact screen you see by default when you enter the Analytics tab. We are in the OLAP subtab. You will drop and drag the columns below to the appropriate window, change the moving window parameter and then check the OLAP functions you desire. You can select all of the OLAP functions by checking the Select * checkbox, and you can select the With Partitioning OLAP functions as well. The With Partitioning will reset the calculations on the Partitioning column.

Page 125

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting a Simple CSUM in the Analytics Tab - OLAP

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the OLAPs below

OLAP Sorting Partitioning Moving Window OLAP Function With Partitioning

Daily_Sales Column Name 6 Select * Select * (P) Product_ID CSUM CSUM (P) MSUM MSUM (P) Sale_Date MAVG MAVG (P) MAVG (C) MDIFF MDIFF (P) COUNT COUNT (P) Report Columns MAX MAX (P) MIN MIN (P) Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

In the example above, we dragged the Daily_Sales column to the OLAP box because that is the column we want to perform the calculations on. We dragged the Product_ID column first to the sorting tab and then we dragged the Sale_Date column there also. This means we will first sort the data by Product_ID, Sale_Date. We also checked the CSUM OLAP function. We didn't touch the Partitioning or Moving Window information. The next page shows the SQL tab and the SQL generated.

Page 126

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting a Simple CSUM – The SQL Automatically Generated

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Query 1 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

SQL

SELECT Sal.Product_ID, Sal.Sale_Date, Sal.Daily_Sales, SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS CSUM_Sale_Date_Sal FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

The SQL above was automatically generated by the previous OLAP screen and was done so the second we checked the CSUM checkbox. The above query will OLAP the column Daily_Sales, but only after first sorting the data by Product_ID, Sale_Date. The Rows Unbounded Preceding will generate a Cumulative Sum. Let's check out the report on the next slide. 124

Page 127

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Answer Set of the CSUM

SELECT Product_ID , Sale_Date, Daily_Sales, SUM(Daily_Sales) OVER (ORDER BY Product_ID ASC, Sale_Date ASC ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS CSUM_Sale_Date_Sal FROM Sales_Table ;

______Product_ID ______Sale_Date ______Daily_Sales ______CSUM_Sale_Date_Sal 1000 2000-09-28 48850.40 48850.40 1000 2000-09-29 54500.22 103350.62 1000 2000-09-30 36000.07 139350.69 Not all rows 1000 2000-10-01 40200.43 179551.12 are displayed 1000 2000-10-02 32800.50 212351.62 in this 1000 2000-10-03 64300.00 276651.62 answer set 1000 2000-10-04 54553.10 331204.72 2000 2000-09-28 41888.88 373093.60 2000 2000-09-29 48000.00 421093.60 2000 2000-09-30 49850.03 470943.63 2000 2000-10-01 54850.29 525793.92

The Sales_Table was first sorted by Product_ID, Sale_Date. Then, the Cumulative Sum (CSUM) began. We made 48850 for the first row so 48850.50 is our first CSUM value. Then, we made 54500.22 so 48850 + 54500.22 equals 103350.62. The values from each Daily_Sales entry was continually added.

Page 128

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Getting all of the OLAP functions in the Analytics Tab

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the OLAPs below

OLAP Sorting Partitioning Moving Window OLAP Function With Partitioning

Daily_Sales Column Name Product_ID 3 Select * Select * (P) Product_ID CSUM CSUM (P) MSUM MSUM (P) Sale_Date MAVG MAVG (P) MAVG (C) MDIFF MDIFF (P) COUNT COUNT (P) Report Columns MAX MAX (P) MIN MIN (P) Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

In the example above, we will OLAP the Daily_Sales column after first sorting by Product_ID, Sale_Date. We dragged the Product_ID column to the partitioning window. We changed the moving window to 3 and checked all of the OLAP and OLAP with partitioning boxes by merely clicking on SELECT *. The next page shows the SQL tab and the SQL generated.

Page 129

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen

SELECT Sal.Product_ID, Sal.Sale_Date, Sal.Daily_Sales, SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS CSUM_Sale_Date_Sal, SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS 2 PRECEDING) AS MSUM_Sale_Date_Sal, AVG(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS 2 PRECEDING) AS MAVG_Sale_Date_Sal, Sal.Daily_Sales - SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS BETWEEN 2 PRECEDING AND 2 PRECEDING) AS MDIFF_Sale_Date_Sal, COUNT(*) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS COUNT_Sale_Date_Sal, MIN(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ) AS MIN_Sale_Date_Sal, MAX(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ) AS MAX_Sale_Date_Sal, SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS CSUM_Part_Sale_Date_Sal, SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS 2 PRECEDING) AS MSUM_Part_Sale_Date_Sal, AVG(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS 2 PRECEDING) AS MAVG_Part_Sale_Date_Sal, AVG(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS MAVG_Cont_Sale_Date_Sal, Sal.Daily_Sales - SUM(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS BETWEEN 2 PRECEDING AND 2 PRECEDING) AS MDIFF_Part_Sale_Date_Sal, COUNT(*) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING) AS COUNT_Part_Sale_Date_Sal, MIN(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ) AS MIN_Part_Sale_Date_Sal, MAX(Sal.Daily_Sales) OVER (PARTITION BY Sal.Product_ID ORDER BY Sal.Product_ID ASC, Sal.Sale_Date ASC ) AS MAX_Part_Sale_Date_Sal FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

Page 130

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Grouping Sets Screen

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the Group By functions below that you want

Product Date Column Sum Group By Functions Select * Date Extract Grouping Sets Rollup Year Cube Month

Columns Drag and drop Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales these columns

You have entered the Analytics Tab and chosen the subtab of Grouping Sets. You will drop and drag the Columns (at the bottom - in red) to the appropriate boxes and then checkmark the Group By Functions you desire. The next page will demonstrate getting everything at one time.

Page 131

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Analytics Tab – Getting All of the Grouping Sets

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets

Product Date Column Sum Group By Functions Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Select * Date Extract Grouping Sets Rollup Year Cube Month

Columns

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

The columns have been dropped and dragged to the appropriate places and we have placed a checkmark on all of the Group By Functions. The SQL has been generated. You can hit Execute to get the reports or have all of the SQL sent to the Nexus main screen. The next slide will show you how to send the SQL to the Nexus main screen.

Page 132

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Sending All Three Reports to the Nexus Main Screen

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting JoinsAS WHERESELECT… SQL Metadata Analytics SQL AS CREATE VIEW… OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Grouping Sets AS CREATE TABLE… Rollup Cube Send All

Product Date Column Sum Group By Functions Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales Select * Date Extract Grouping Sets Rollup Year Cube

Columns Month

Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales

From the Preview SQL in Nexus drop down, choose AS SELECT and then SEND All. The next screen will show the SQL.

Page 133

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen

/*Grouping Sets*/ /*Rollup*/ SELECT SELECT Product_ID Product_ID ,EXTRACT (MONTH FROM Sale_Date) AS MTH ,EXTRACT (MONTH FROM Sale_Date) AS MTH ,EXTRACT (YEAR FROM Sale_Date) AS YR ,EXTRACT (YEAR FROM Sale_Date) AS YR ,SUM(Daily_Sales) AS SUM_Daily_Sales ,SUM(Daily_Sales) AS SUM_Daily_Sales FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table GROUP BY GROUPING SETS(Product_ID, MTH, YR) GROUP BY ROLLUP(Product_ID, MTH, YR) ORDER BY Product_ID desc, MTH desc, YR desc ; ORDER BY Product_ID desc, MTH desc, YR desc ;

/*Cube*/ SELECT Product_ID ,EXTRACT (MONTH FROM Sale_Date) AS MTH ,EXTRACT (YEAR FROM Sale_Date) AS YR ,SUM(Daily_Sales) AS SUM_Daily_Sales FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table GROUP BY CUBE(Product_ID, MTH, YR) ORDER BY Product_ID desc, MTH desc, YR desc;

The SQL above was generated by the Analytics tab in the Grouping Sets sub-tab.

Page 134

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Rank Screen

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the functions below that you want OLAP Column Sorting Partitioning Column Name Function With Partitioning

RANK RANK (P)

Columns Drag and drop Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales these columns

You have entered the Analytics Tab and chosen the subtab of Rank. You will drop and drag the Columns (at the bottom - in red) to the appropriate boxes and then checkmark the RANK Functions you desire. The next page will demonstrate a simple RANK function.

Page 135

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Tabs of the SJB – Analytics Tab – Rank Example

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

OLAP Rank Grouping Sets Place a checkmark on the functions below that you want OLAP Column Sorting Partitioning Daily_Sales Column Name Function With Partitioning

Daily_Sales Desc RANK RANK (P)

Columns Drag and drop Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales these columns

Above are the columns that were dropped and dragged and we chose the RANK function only. The SQL has automatically been generated and Nexus is ready for you to either hit Execute or to send the SQL to the Nexus main screen.

Page 136

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The SQL Automatically Generated from the Previous Screen

SELECT Sal.Product_ID, Sal.Sale_Date, Sal.Daily_Sales, RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC ) AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal;

The SQL above was generated by the Analytics tab in the Rank sub-tab.

Page 137

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Use the Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims SQL + Customer_Table + Employee_Table SELECT + Department_Table Sal.Product_ID, + Order_Table Sal.Sale_Date, + Providers Sal.Daily_Sales, RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC ) + Sales_Table AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal + Services FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

The Preview SQL in Nexus drop down menu will give you multiple options for utilizing the SQL that has been built. Turn the page and see the drop down menu options.

Page 138

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Use the Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting As JoinsSELECT…WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses As CREATE VIEW … + Claims SQL + Customer_Table As CREATE TABLE … + Employee_Table The Preview SQL in Nexus + Department_Table SELECT drop down menu will allow + Order_Table Sal.Product_ID, you to place the SQL inside Sal.Sale_Date, your Nexus Query Window + Providers Sal.Daily_Sales, + Sales_Table RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC ) + Services AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

The Preview SQL in Nexus drop down menu will give you multiple options for utilizing the SQL that has been built. Turn the page and see more.

Page 139

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Preview SQL in Nexus Drop Down and as SELECT Option

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting As JoinsSELECT…WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses As CREATE VIEW … + Claims SQL + Customer_Table As CREATE TABLE … + Employee_Table The Preview SQL in Nexus + Department_Table SELECT drop down menu will + Order_Table Sal.Product_ID, highlight your choice as you move your mouse or + Providers Sal.Sale_Date, touch screen. + Sales_Table Sal.Daily_Sales, + Services RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC ) AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

The Preview SQL in Nexus drop down menu will highlight your choice as you move your mouse or touch screen. The next page will show how selecting the AS SELECT option will place the SQL inside your main Nexus window.

Page 140

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The SQL is Delivered Inside Your Main Nexus Screen

Nexus Chameleon

Systems File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox Teradata - System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query - SQL_Class - Tables Query 1 Super Join Builder Join Builder x + Addresses When you are ready + Claims SELECT just hit Execute + Customer_Table Sal.Product_ID, + Employee_Table Sal.Sale_Date, + Department_Table Sal.Daily_Sales, RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC ) + Order_Table AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal + Providers FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ; + Sales_Table + Services For those of you who want to work in the main Nexus screen (outside of the Super Join Builder), you now have the SQL that was built using the Super Join Builder. This can be an easy place to modify your code by hand, or use the Nexus answer set grid to further manipulate the results.

The SQL is now out of the Super Join Builder and inside the main Nexus window. This can be an easy place to modify your code by hand or use the Nexus answer set grid to further manipulate the results.

Page 141

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Just Hit Execute and Get Your Results

Nexus Chameleon

Systems File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox Teradata - System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query - SQL_Class - Tables Query 1 Super Join Builder Join Builder x + Addresses SELECT Hit Execute + Claims Sal.Product_ID, and the + Customer_Table Sal.Sale_Date, Answer Set + Employee_Table Sal.Daily_Sales, appears + Department_Table RANK() OVER ( ORDER BY Sal.Daily_Sales DESC ) + Order_Table AS RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal + Providers FROM SQL_CLASS.Sales_table Sal ;

+ Sales_Table Messages Garden of Analysis Result 1 + Services Product_ID Sale_Date Daily_Sales RANK_Daily_Sales_Sal 1 1000 10/03/2000 64300.00 1 2 3000 09/28/2000 61301.77 2 Not all 3 2000 10/01/2000 54850.29 3 rows 4 1000 10/04/2000 54553.10 4 displayed 5 1000 09/29/2000 54500.22 5

The screen shot above shows the answer set after you hit Execute.

Page 142

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

A Five Table Join Using the Menu

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class Right click and choose Super Join Builder from the menu - Tables Super Join Builder + Addresses Right Click Quick Select + Claims View DDL + Customer_Table Move data to Oracle + Employee_Table Move data to SQL Server + Department_Table Move data to Teradata Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Order_Table SmartScript + Providers Hound Dog Compression + Services Compare/Sync Data + Subscribers

You are about to see how the menu system of the Super Join Builder is designed to work. We will first use the menu of the Super Join Builder and then show you an even quicker way (using the Cube method).

Page 143

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The First Table is Placed in the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims Addresses T + Customer_Table Get ready to select from Add Join the Add Join drop down + Employee_Table + menu + Department_Table Select * Street Varchar(30) + Order_Table City Varchar(20) + Providers State Char(2) + Services Zip Integer + Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Phone Integer Subscriber_No Integer

This is exactly what you will see when you first enter the Super Join Builder. You will see your table, its columns and the data types of each column. Notice the table name (Addresses) and the T for the Teradata icon. Turn the page for more.

Page 144

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Using the Add Join Cascading Menu

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T + Add Join Select * T Subscribers Street Varchar(30) City Varchar(20) T Claims State Char(2) Zip Integer T Providers AreaCode Smallint T Services Phone Integer Subscriber_No Integer Left Click on the final table (Services)

The Add Join menu drop down shows that the Addresses table joins to the Subscribers table. Keep cascading down the menu and you see that the Subscribers table joins to the Claims table. Keep cascading all the way until you get to the final table, which is the Services table. Left click on the Services table and all five tables will be in the Super Join Builder.

Page 145

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

All Five Tables Are in the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T Subscribers T Claims T Services T + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join Select * Select * Select * Select * Service_Code Integer Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer Service_Desc Varchar(20) City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE Service_Pay Decimal(7,2) State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint Zip Integer SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(9,2) Providers T AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Phone Integer Phone Integer + Add Join Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Select * Provider_Code Integer Prov_Name Varchar(20) Error_Rate Decimal(4,2)

Now that all five tables are present in the Super Join Builder, all you have to do is checkmark the columns you want on the report. The SQL is built automatically with each mouse click. When you are done selecting the columns, just hit Execute.

Page 146

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

A Five Table Join Done in Two Steps (Cube)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Oracle Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Teradata - SQL_Class Right click and choose Super Join Builder from the menu - Tables Super Join Builder + Addresses Right Click Quick Select + Claims View DDL + Customer_Table Move data to Oracle + Employee_Table Move data to SQL Server + Department_Table Move data to Teradata Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Order_Table SmartScript + Providers Hound Dog Compression + Services Compare/Sync Data + Subscribers

Be prepared to be amazed. We are about to do the two-step! These two steps will allow a user to join many tables in an instant. Watch the two steps that it takes to join a table to everything possible. Pick any table in the join of many tables.

Page 147

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Choose Cube with Columns from the Left Top of the Table

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims Addresses T + Customer_Table Choose Add Join + Employee_Table Create Cube with Columns + From the Department_Table Select * + Cube drop down menu Create Cube Street Varchar(30) + Order_Table Create Cube with Columns City Varchar(20) + Providers State Char(2) + Services Zip Integer + Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Phone Integer Subscriber_No Integer

On the left side of the table is the Cube drop down menu. Choose the Create Cube with Columns option (highlighted above). The Nexus will join every table possible in the entire lineage instantly, and choose all of the columns. Turn the page!

Page 148

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

All Tables Are Cubed (Joined Together Instantly)

Nexus Chameleon

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T Subscribers T Claims T Services T + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join Select * Select * Select * Select * Service_Code Integer Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer Service_Desc Varchar(20) City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE Service_Pay Decimal(7,2) State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint Zip Integer SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(9,2) Providers T AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Phone Integer Phone Integer + Add Join Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Select * Provider_Code Integer Prov_Name Varchar(20) Error_Rate Decimal(4,2)

There were five total tables that were joinable and the Create Cube with Columns choice instantly joined them together, including all of the columns. The SQL has been built automatically (in 2 seconds) and you can hit Execute to get your report.

Page 149

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Choose Cube and then Choose Your Columns

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims Addresses T + Customer_Table Choose Add Join + Employee_Table Create Cube + From the Department_Table Select * + Cube drop down menu Create Cube Street Varchar(30) + Order_Table Create Cube with Columns City Varchar(20) + Providers State Char(2) + Services Zip Integer + Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Phone Integer Subscriber_No Integer

On the left side of the table is the Cube drop down menu. Choose the Create Cube option (highlighted above). The Nexus will join every table possible in the entire lineage instantly, but you can decide what columns you want on the report.

Page 150

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Create Cube - Tables Are Joined Without Columns Selected

Nexus Chameleon

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T Subscribers T Claims T Services T + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join Select * Select * Select * Select * Service_Code Integer Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer Service_Desc Varchar(20) City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE Service_Pay Decimal(7,2) State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint Zip Integer SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(9,2) Providers T AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Phone Integer Phone Integer + Add Join Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Select * Provider_Code Integer Prov_Name Varchar(20) Error_Rate Decimal(4,2)

All of the tables joinable are present in the Super Join Builder, but none of the columns are selected. You can now select the columns you want on the report. There will also be an X on the top of the tables, so you can delete any table you don't need.

Page 151

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Create Cube – Select the Columns You Want on the Report

Nexus Chameleon

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Addresses T Subscribers T Claims T Services T + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join Select * Select * Select * Select * Service_Code Integer Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer Service_Desc Varchar(20) City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE Service_Pay Decimal(7,2) State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint Zip Integer SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(9,2) Providers T AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Phone Integer Phone Integer + Add Join Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Select * Provider_Code Integer Prov_Name Varchar(20) Error_Rate Decimal(4,2)

Notice that we have checked the columns we want on the report, but that not all columns were selected. The SQL is built automatically with each check or uncheck of a column box. When you are finished choosing the columns you want on the report, please hit Execute (above) or Preview SQL in Nexus, where you can hit Execute in the main Nexus screen.

Page 152

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

How to join Tables from Different Systems Together

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Oracle + SQL Server - Teradata - SQL_Class Choose Super Join Builder from the menu Tables Right - Super Join Builder + Addresses Click + Claims Quick Select View DDL + Customer_Table + Employee_Table Move data to Oracle Move data to SQL Server Department_Table + Move data to Teradata + Order_Table Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Providers SmartScript + Services Hound Dog Compression Compare/Sync Data + Subscribers

We are about to do a three-table join, but the incredible part is that one table is from Teradata, another from Oracle and the third table is from SQL Server. We will start with the Teradata table. We will right click on the Addresses table from the Teradata systems tree and a menu will appear. We will choose the Super Join Builder (top menu item) and begin the process.

Page 153

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Teradata Table is Now in the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Oracle + Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata + SQL Server Query 1 - Teradata Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics - SQL_Class Tables - Addresses T T Stands for Teradata + Addresses + Claims + Add Join + Customer_Table Select * + Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Street Varchar(30) + Department_Table City Varchar(20) Order_Table + State Char(2) + Providers Zip Integer + Services AreaCode Smallint + Subscribers Phone Integer

The Addresses Table (from the Teradata system) is now in the Super Join Builder. You will see the table, its columns and the data types of each column. Notice that the table name (Addresses) has a icon of T for Teradata in the upper right corner. Now is the time to open up our Oracle system tree. We will do that on the next slide.

Page 154

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Drag the Joining Oracle Table to the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Oracle - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses + Claims Addresses T + Customer_Table + Add Join + Employee_Table Select * + Department_Table Subscriber_No Integer Order_Table + Left click on the Oracle Street Varchar(30) + Providers table you want to join City Varchar(20) + Services and drag it into the State Char(2) Super Join Builder + Subscribers Zip Integer AreaCode Smallint + SQL Server Phone Integer + Teradata

Open up your Oracle Systems Tree and left click on the Oracle table you want to join and drag it into the Super Join Builder.

Page 155

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Options For Moving the Oracle Table to Teradata Temporarily

Add Custom Join Choose Warp Speed if General tables are large Advanced (1,000,000 rows or more) Opens your Host file Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! to fill in TDP information Choose Lite Speed if tables are small to medium size

Working Tdpid* TD15

Working Database* SQL_Sandbox

Next

When performing a cross-system join the tables must be moved and joined on one of the systems. We call the system where the tables will be joined as the Hub. In this case, we have decided to move the Oracle table to Teradata, temporarily for the life of the join. One of the steps is to define how the data will be moved from Oracle to Teradata. You need to decide whether or not to use Lite Speed (TPT Stream – TPump) or to use Warp Speed (TPT Load – FastLoad). You also need to list your Teradata TDPID and the working database where the Oracle temporary table can be moved to and joined from. When everything is filled out, just hit the Next button (big blue arrow) at the bottom of the screen.

Page 156

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Defining the Join Columns

Add Custom Join Settings icon – Join Type 1) Left click the join column on the first table (highlights in blue) If you want to 2) Left click the join column on the second table Change the Inner 3) Left click the blue arrow to establish the join condition Data movement options Existing Tables 4) Hit the Add Join Button SQL_Class.Addresses SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers931827O

Addresses T Subscribers931827O O Subscriber_No Integer 1 SSN Number(38,0) Street Varchar(30) Gender Char(1) City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) State Char(2) Last_Name Char(20) 3 Zip Integer Member_No Number (38,0) AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Number (38,0) 2 Phone Integer

SQL_Class.Addresses Add INNER JOIN SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers931827OSUB ON Add.Subscriber_No = SUB.Subscriber_No

Reset 4 Add Join +

In four easy steps you can define the join conditions. Notice two things about the Subscribers Table from Oracle. First, notice the Oracle icon in the table's right hand corner. Second, notice the number behind the Subscribers name (pink). In the above example, the name is Subscribers931827O. The table will be moved to Teradata temporarily for the life of the join. Page 157

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Choose the Columns You Want on Your Report

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Oracle - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics + Addresses Oracle + Claims Addresses T Teradata Subscribers O Table + Customer_Table Table + Add Join + Add Join + Employee_Table Select * Select * + Department_Table Subscriber_NoInteger Last_Name Varchar(20) + Order_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) + Providers City Varchar(20) Gender Char(1) + Services State Char(2) SSN Integer + Subscribers Zip Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCode Smallint + SQL Server Subscriber_No Integer Phone Integer + Teradata

The Teradata and Oracle tables are in the Super Join Builder, the relationships have been defined and so have the data movement strategies. All you need to do now is to checkmark the columns you want from both tables on the report. We have placed a checkmark on the Subscriber_No, State, Last_Name and First_Name columns. The SQL has already been built (automatically), and if you hit the Execute button, the report will return.

Page 158

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Let's Add a SQL Server Table to our Teradata and Oracle Join

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Oracle + Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata - SQL Server Query 1 - SQL_Class Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics System Tables - Addresses T Subscribers O + dbo.Addresses Left click on the + dbo.Claims SQL Server table you + Add Join + Add Join + dbo.Customer_Table want to join and drag it Select * Select * into the + dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Super Join Builder + dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) City Varchar(20) + dbo.Order_Table Gender Char(1) + dbo.Providers State Char(2) SSN Integer + dbo.Services Zip Integer Member_No Smallint + dbo.Subscribers AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer Phone Integer + Teradata

Open up your SQL Server Systems Tree and left click on the table you want to join, and drag it into the Super Join Builder.

Page 159

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Defining the Join Columns

Add Custom Join Make sure you use the Settings icon – Table drop down menu Join Type If you want to to pick the table change the that the new table Inner data movement Joins with Existing Tables 1 or working database SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers931827O SQL_Sandbox.Claims222583S options

Subscribers9318270 O Claims222583S SQL SSN Number(38,0) Claim_Id Integer Gender Char(1) Claim_Date Date First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Service Smallint Last_Name Char(20) 4 Subscriber_No Integer 3 Member_No Number (38,0) Member_No Smallint Subscriber_No Number (38,0) 2 Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) Provider_No Smallint

SQL_Sandbox. Subscribers9318270 SUB INNER JOIN SQL_Sandbox. Claims222583SCLA ON SUB.Subscriber_No = CLA.Subscriber_No

Reset 5 Add Join +

1) Choose the correct table that the new table joins with from the table drop down menu. 2) Choose the joining column(s) from the left table. 3) Choose the joining column(s) from the new table on the right. 4) Hit the blue arrow to actually define the join conditions (the SQL will change below to reflect the join). 5) Hit the Add Join Button.

Page 160

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

All Three Tables Are Now in the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Oracle + Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata - SQL Server Query 1 - SQL_Class Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics System Tables - Addresses T Subscribers O + dbo.Addresses Claims SQL + dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select * + dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer + dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE City Varchar(20) + dbo.Order_Table Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint + dbo.Providers State Char(2) SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) dbo.Services Zip Integer Member_No Smallint + Phone Integer AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer + dbo.Subscribers Subscriber_No Integer Phone Integer + Teradata

You now have three tables (from different systems) in the Super Join Builder. You have already defined the joining columns and your data movement strategies. Just click on the columns you want on the report and hit Execute. The SQL has already been built and the Oracle and SQL Server tables will be moved temporarily to the Teradata system, where they will be joined. Because we only selected Last_Name and First_Name from the Oracle table and Claim_Date and Claim_Amt from the SQL Server table, only those columns (plus the join condition column – Subscriber_No) will be moved to Teradata. Page 161

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Change the Hub and Run the Join on Oracle

From the Nexus Chameleon Join Hub System drop down menu File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows choose Oracle Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Oracle + Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Oracle - SQL Server Query 1 - SQL_Class Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics System Tables - Addresses T Subscribers O + dbo.Addresses Claims SQL + dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select * + dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer + dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE City Varchar(20) + dbo.Order_Table Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint + dbo.Providers State Char(2) SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) dbo.Services Zip Integer Member_No Smallint + Phone Integer AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer + dbo.Subscribers Subscriber_No Integer Phone Integer + Teradata

Nexus allows you to determine on which system the processing will take place. We call this the Hub. Above, we have changed the Join Hub System to Oracle. This means that the Teradata and SQL Server tables will be moved to Oracle, where all three tables will be joined. You can actually change the Hub to any system in our enterprise.

Page 162

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Change the Hub and Run the Join on SQL Server

From the Nexus Chameleon Join Hub System drop down menu File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows choose SQL Server Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Oracle + Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System SQL Server - SQL Server Query 1 - SQL_Class Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics System Tables - Addresses T Subscribers O + dbo.Addresses Claims SQL + dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select * + dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer + dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE City Varchar(20) + dbo.Order_Table Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint + dbo.Providers State Char(2) SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) dbo.Services Zip Integer Member_No Smallint + Phone Integer AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer + dbo.Subscribers Subscriber_No Integer Phone Integer + Teradata

Nexus allows you to determine on which system the processing will take place. We call this the Hub. Above, we have changed the Join Hub System to SQL Server. This means that the Teradata and Oracle tables will be moved to the SQL Server system, where all three tables will be joined. You can actually change the Hub to any system in our enterprise.

Page 163

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Simply Amazing - Change the Hub to the Garden of Analysis

From the Nexus Chameleon Join Hub System drop down menu File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows choose Garden of Analysis Systems Query 1 Super Join Builder Oracle + Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Garden of A - SQL Server Query 1 - SQL_Class Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics System Tables - Addresses T Subscribers O + dbo.Addresses Claims SQL + dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select * + dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer + dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE City Varchar(20) + dbo.Order_Table Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint + dbo.Providers State Char(2) SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) dbo.Services Zip Integer Member_No Smallint + Phone Integer AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer + dbo.Subscribers Subscriber_No Integer Phone Integer + Teradata

Nexus allows you to determine on which system the processing will take place. We call this the Hub. Above, we have changed the Join Hub System to the Garden of Analysis. This should be done when the joining tables are not huge. Now, all of the tables will be queried separately, and then joined transparently inside the user's PC. It is as fast as lightning! Brilliant!

Page 164

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Have the Answer Set Saved Automatically to any System You Choose

Nexus Chameleon Choose the Create Table File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows option Systems Query 1 Oracle + Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata - SQL Server Query 1 - SQL_Class Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics System Tables - Addresses T Subscribers O + dbo.Addresses Claims SQL + dbo.Claims + Add Join + Add Join + Add Join + dbo.Customer_Table Select * Select * Select * + dbo.Employee_Table Subscriber_No Integer Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer + dbo.Department_Table Street Varchar(30) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date DATE City Varchar(20) + dbo.Order_Table Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Member_No Smallint + dbo.Providers State Char(2) SSN Integer Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) dbo.Services Zip Integer Member_No Smallint + Phone Integer AreaCode Smallint Subscriber_No Integer + dbo.Subscribers Subscriber_No Integer Phone Integer + Teradata

Nexus allows you to create a table on any system in your enterprise with an answer set from the Super Join Builder. Once the Create Table option (above) is selected, you will be asked on which system do you want the answer set saved, which database or schema and the table name. The answer set won't return to your screen, but instead will be saved as a table to the system you have chosen.

Page 165

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Saving the Answer Set to an Oracle or SQL Server System

Create Table Create Table

System System Oracle Cloud SQL Server Test System

Database Database SQL_Sandbox SQL_Sandbox

Schema Table Name Addresses_SJB1 dbo Table Name Create Table Cancel Addresses_SJB_Test

Create Table Cancel

Above are the screens you will have to fill in if you want to save your answer set to Oracle (on the left) or SQL Server (on the right). Once you hit the Create Table button you will be returned to the Super Join Builder. When you hit Execute, the answer set will be created as a table using the above details.

Page 166

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Saving the Answer Set to Teradata System

Create Table

System Teradata V15

Database SQL_Sandbox

Table Name Addresses_SJB_Test Multiset tables A Set table kicks allow Table Type MultiSet Set duplicate out duplicate rows. rows The Primary Index Type Non-Unique Primary Index Index is the Distribution Key SER.Service_Code SER.Service_Desc SER.Service_Pay

Create Table Cancel

Above is the screen you will have to fill in if you want to save your answer set to a Teradata system. Once you hit the Create Table button you will be returned to the Super Join Builder. When you hit Execute, the answer set will be created as a table using the above details. In Teradata, you will have either a Unique Primary Index, a Non- Unique Primary Index or a No Primary Index (NoPI). Above, we have a Non-Unique Primary Index on SER.Service_Code.

Page 167

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Joining Excel Spreadsheets to Tables in the Super Join Builder

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T

Add Join Choose the Import From Excel Select * button to join Street Varchar(30) an Excel Spreadsheet City Varchar(20) to tables in the Super Join Builder State Char(2) Zip Integer AreaCode Smallint Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and Import an Excel Spreadsheet(s) that can be joined with production tables. Users can also import Excel Spreadsheets directly to any system as a table. In the example above, notice that we have a Teradata table called Addresses already inside the Super Join Builder. Now, we will hit the “Import From Excel” button to start the process of importing an Excel worksheet in order to join that Excel worksheet to the Addresses table.

Page 168

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Press the Select Workbook Button and Choose Your Worksheet

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics After hitting the Import From Excel button ADDRESSES T Select Excel Worksheet… you will press the Add Join Select Workbook… Select Workbook C:\ button Select * Password (optional) Street Varchar(30) City Varchar(20) First row has column names State Char(2) Zip Integer Rows to Scan: 8 AreaCode Smallint Phone Char(15) Next Cancel Subscriber_No Integer Back

After you have pressed the “Import From Excel” button you will see the “Select Excel Worksheet” interface. Hit the “SELECT Workbook” button and find the Excel workbook you want to import.

Page 169

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Find Your Excel Spreadsheet on your PC

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T Select Excel file to Import…

Add Join This PC > Desktop > 2016 > ExcelFiles

Select * Name Date Modified Type Size Street Varchar(30) x Excel_Test.xlsx 7/19/2016 1:37 PM Excel 15 KB City Varchar(20) State Char(2) x Claims_Excel.xlsx 7/29/2016 2:35 PM Excel 12 KB Zip Integer x Subscribers.xlsx 7/30/2016 2:12 PM Excel 9 KB AreaCode Smallint Phone Char(15) Filename: SubscribersExcel.xlsx Excel Files (*.xls, *.xlsx Subscriber_No Integer Choose your Excel Worksheet Open Cancel and click on the OPEN button

After you have pressed the “Import From Excel” button you will see the “Select Excel Worksheet” interface. Hit the “SELECT Workbook” button and find the Excel workbook you want to import. Above, we have chosen the Excel worksheet SubscribersExcel.xlsx in the folder ExcelFiles. We can now hit the Open button on the bottom right.

Page 170

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

You Will See the SELECT Excel Worksheet Interface

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T Select Excel Worksheet… Add Join Select Worksheet Select * Street Varchar(30) Subscribers$ Select the City Varchar(20) Excel Worksheet State Char(2) you want to join Zip Integer and press OK AreaCode Smallint Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Back OK Cancel

After you have pressed the “Select Excel Worksheet” interface you will have the opportunity to select the Excel Worksheet that you want to join. Click on the Excel Worksheet you want and it will highlight. Then, press OK.

Page 171

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Checkmark the Box if the First Row has Column Names

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T Select Excel Worksheet…

Add Join Select Workbook… C:\Users\TeraTom\ExcelTests\Subscribers.xlsx Select * Password (optional) Street Varchar(30) City Varchar(20) First row has column names Place a checkmark State Char(2) if the Excel Worksheet Zip Integer has column names Rows to Scan: 8 AreaCode Smallint in the first row Phone Char(15) and press the Next Cancel Subscriber_No Integer Back Next button

If your Excel worksheet has column names in the first row, then checkmark the box. If the Excel worksheet does not have column headers in the first row, then do not checkmark the box. The “Rows to Scan” button will scan the number of rows indicated to help determine the column data types.

Page 172

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

You Will Be Given Choices on Data Movement Options

Add Custom Join Choose Warp Speed if General tables are large Advanced (1,000,000 rows or more) Opens your Host file Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! to fill in TDP information Choose Lite Speed if tables are small to medium size

Working Tdpid* TD15

Working Database* SQL_Sandbox

Next

The next screen will ask you about data movement options. When you have completed filling in everything press NEXT.

Page 173

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

You Will See the Add Custom Join Window

Nexus ChameleonAdd Custom Join File Edit ViewJoin Query Type Tools Help Web Windows SystemsInner Query 1 Super Join Builder Teradata - Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus Join Hub System Teradata SQL_Class - Existing Tables Query 1 - Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics SQL_Class.Addresses SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers$412743 + Addresses + Claims Addresses T Subscribers$412743 x + Customer_Table Customer_Table T + Employee_TableSubscriber_No IntegerLeft click on the table Subscriber_No Float + Add Join + Department_TableStreet Varchar(30and) drag it into the Member_No Float Super Join Builder Select * + Order_TableCity Char(20) Last_Name Varchar(255) State Char(2) Customer_NumberFirst_Name IntegerVarchar(255) + Providers Zip Integer Customer_NameGender Varchar Varchar(255)(20) + Sales_Table Phone Integer Phone_NumberSSN Float Char(8) + Services SQL_Class.Addresses Add INNER JOIN SQL_Sanbox. Subscribers$412743 Sub Reset + Add Join

This is the window where you will define the join conditions. Turn the page and watch how we define the columns that join the tables together. Page 174

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Defining the Join Columns

Add Custom Join

Join Type 1) Left click the join column on the first table 2) Left click the join column on the second table Inner 3) Left click the blue arrow to establish the join condition 4) Hit the Add Join Button Existing Tables SQL_Class.Addresses SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers$412743

Customer_Table T Subscribers$412743 x

Subscriber_No Integer 1 Subscriber_No Float 2 Street Varchar(30) Member_No Float City Char(20) Last_Name Varchar(255) State Char(2) 3 First_Name Varchar(255) Zip Integer Gender Varchar(255) Phone Integer SSN Float SQL_Class.Addresses Add INNER JOIN SQL_Sandbox.Subscribers$412743 Sub ON Add.Subscriber_No = Sub.Subscriber_No

Reset 4 Add Join +

In four easy steps you can define the join conditions. You will only have to do this one time because Nexus will remember.

Page 175

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Place a Checkmark on the Columns You Want Selected

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System Teradata

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T Subscribers$412743 x

Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Zip Integer SSN Integer AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer

Place a Checkmark on the columns you want on your report and the SQL will automatically be built for you. All you have to do now is hit EXECUTE and the query will run!

Page 176

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Saving Joins in the Super Join Builder to a Menu

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

ADDRESSES T SUBSCRIBERS O CLAIMS Sql

Add Join Add Join Add Join

Select * Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer City Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer Zip Integer SSN Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer Subscriber_No Integer Claim_Service Integer

Nexus allows you to run a join or any query in the Super Join Builder and then save the query in the “Save Join” menu. The user can then pull up the exact same query in the Super Join Builder with the “Load Join” menu. A user can also create many different Super Join Builder queries and pass them to other Nexus users in their enterprise. The next page will show the “Save Join” user interface that allows you to provide a name and description for the join in the menu.

Page 177

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Save Join User Interface

Nexus Chameleon A default name is given, but you can File Edit View Query Tools Help Web WindowshighlightHistory the name Sandbox Save Join and change it. System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Saved Join Name Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server SavedJoin_160824_13511944 Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics Save thumbnail image of join

ADDRESSES Addresses Subscribers SUBSCRIBERSAddresses CLAIMS Select * SelectT * Select * O Sql Street Last_Name Claim_id City Add Join First_Name Claim_Date Add Join Add Join State Gender Subscriber SSN Member_No Select * Zip Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer CityDescription Varchar(20) A descriptionFirst_Name can Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date be typed here that State Char(2) Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer will also appear in Zip Integer the menuSSN Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCode Smallint Member_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) Phone Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer Subscriber_NoShare IntegerOK Cancel Claim_Service Integer

Once you have pressed the “Save Join” button (red circle above), you will see the Save Join User Interface. There will be a default name (using the date and microseconds), but you can change the name to whatever you desire. You can also place a description of the join in the description box. You can even hit the Share button to send this to others. When you are satisfied you can hit the OK button. The next page will show us changing the name and filling in the description.

Page 178

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Example of a Name Change and Description of Saved Joins

Nexus Chameleon File EditSave View JoinQuery Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Saved Join Name Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server Three-Table Join of Insurance Tables Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics Save thumbnail image of join

ADDRESSES Addresses Subscribers SUBSCRIBERSAddresses CLAIMS Select * SelectT * Select * O Sql Street Last_Name Claim_id City Add Join First_Name Claim_Date Add Join Add Join State Gender Subscriber SSN Member_No Select * Zip Select * Select * Street Varchar(30) Last_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Id Integer CityDescription Varchar(20) First_Name Varchar(20) Claim_Date Date StateThis Char is a(2) join between the Addresses,Gender Char(1) Subscriber_No Integer ZipSubscribers Integer and the Claims table. ThisSSN Integer Member_No Smallint AreaCodeshould beSmallint run every morning with theMember_No Smallint Claim_Amt Decimal(12,2) PhoneScheduler. Char(15) Subscriber_No Integer Provider_No Integer Subscriber_NoShare IntegerOK Cancel Claim_Service Integer

By merely typing in the Saved Join Name box we have changed the default name that was automatically provided. Notice that we also placed a description into the Description Box. You can also SHARE this to a dedicated drive somewhere so others can import the join into their menu.

Page 179

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

Loading a Join from the Load Join Menu

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query

Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server

Objects Columns Sorting Joins WHERE SQL Metadata Analytics

Once inside the Super Join Builder you can click on the Load Join menu (red circle above). The Next slide will show the menu.

Page 180

Chapter 4 Super Join Builder

The Load Join Menu Will Ask You to SELECT a Saved Join

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Select a Saved Join Execute Create Table Preview SQL in Nexus x Import From Excel Save Join Load Join Join Hub System SQL Server 5-table cross-system join Objects Columns Sorting JoinsThreeWHERE-TableSQL InsuranceMetadata Join Analytics Four-Table join

Calendar_Join Addresses Subscribers AddressesClaims T Select * Employee_Department Join Select * Select * Street Last_Name Claim_id Three-Table Insurance Join City First_Name Claim_Date State Gender Subscriber Zip SSN Member_No This was the query we just saved from This is a join between the Addresses, the previous example Subscribers and the Claims table. This should be run every morning The IMPORT button allows users with the Scheduler. to IMPORT saved joins from a dedicated drive. Import… OK Cancel

Once inside the Super Join Builder you can click on the Load Join menu (red circle above). The user interface comes up that is a menu for SELECTING a Saved Join. Press on the menu item and then hit OK. Your saved join will appear in the Super Join Builder. You will even have the same columns checked on each table, but you can now make changes to the query if you desire or EXECUTE the query or Schedule the query in the Calendar.

Page 181

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Page 182

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Chapter 5 – Data Movement

“The superior man is modest in his speech, but exceeds in his actions.” – Confucius (551 BC – 479 BC)

Page 183

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Nexus Data Movement Across Systems Goes in Over 50 Different Directions

TO Teradata Oracle SQL Server SQL DW DB2 SAP Hana Hadoop Greenplum Redshift Teradata

Oracle

SQL Server Azure SQL DW FROM DB2

SAP Hana

Hadoop

Greenplum

Redshift Single-Table mover and Database mover Conversion, but no movement Not supported

Nexus converts between systems and moves a single-table or entire database in over 40 different ways.

Page 184

Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move a Single Table from Oracle to Teradata

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Oracle - SQL_Class - Tables Properties + Addresses Super Join Builder + Claims Quick Select + Customer_Table View DDL + Employee_Table Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Department_Table Move data to SQL Server Right Move data to Teradata + Order_Table Click + Providers on the Compare/Sync Data + Services Oracle Drop Table table Truncate Table + Subscribers Rename Table + SQL Server Lock Table Comment Table + Teradata

Moving an Oracle table to Teradata is simple. Just right click on the Oracle table you want to move in the Oracle Systems tree and choose the menu item "Move data to Teradata". You can also perform the same steps to move an Oracle table to SQL Server or an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system. The next page will show you the ODBC Stream Loader.

Page 185

Chapter 5 Data Movement

The ODBC Stream Loader from Oracle to Teradata

ODBC Stream Loader

Execute General Advanced Script Options Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

Source Target Database Type* Oracle Logon Advanced Logon DSN Name* Oracle Cloud DSN Name* Teradata V14

User Name SYSTEM User Name* TeraTom Password ********* Password* ********* Database* SQL_Class Tdpid TD14 Table* Order_Table ? Table Info Database* SQL_Sandbox Columns* Select Statement Where Table* Order_Table ? Select * Create Table for Me Compress Table Order_Number Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table Customer_Number Drop Error And Log Tables Order_Date Delete Existing Checkpoint Files Order_Total Working Database Required * SQL Sandbox

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data from Oracle to Teradata. Use Lite Speed for smaller table (< 1 million rows) and Warp Speed for larger tables. Hit Execute and the table and data will move.

Page 186

Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move a Single Table from SQL Server to Teradata

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Oracle - SQL Server Super Join Builder SQL_Class - Quick Select - System Tables View DDL + dbo.Addresses Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + dbo.Claims Move data to Oracle Right Move data to Teradata + dbo.Customer_Table Click + dbo.Employee_Table on the Compare/Sync Data SQL Server SmartScript + dbo.Department_Table table Query Templates + dbo.Order_Table Data Cleanser + dbo.Providers Open All Rows + dbo.Services Open Selection Drop Table + dbo.Subscribers Rename Table + Teradata

Moving a SQL Server table to Teradata is simple. Just right click on the SQL Server table you want to move in the SQL Server Systems tree and choose the menu item "Move data to Teradata". You can also perform the same steps to move an Oracle table to SQL Server or an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system. The next page will show the ODBC Stream Loader.

Page 187

Chapter 5 Data Movement

The ODBC Stream Loader from SQL Server to Teradata

ODBC Stream Loader

Execute General Advanced Script Options Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

Source Target Database Type* SQL Server Logon Advanced Logon DSN Name* SQL Server DSN Name* Teradata V14

User Name Teratom User Name* TeraTom Password ********* Password* ********* Database* SQL_Class Tdpid TD14 Table Info Schema* dbo Database* SQL_Sandbox Table* Order_Table ? Table* Order_Table ? Columns* Select Statement Where Create Table for Me Compress Table Select * Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table Order_Number Drop Error And Log Tables Customer_Number Delete Existing Checkpoint Files Order_Date Order_Total Required * Working Database SQL Sandbox

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data from SQL Server to Teradata. Use Lite Speed for smaller table (< 1 million rows) and Warp Speed for larger tables. Hit Execute and the table will move.

Page 188

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Details of the ODBC Stream Loader

ODBC Stream Loader

Execute

Press the green button to start the load

Open the Script Directory to change Resets places where the script will be saved. the Form

Open the Private Log to find out detailed information about what has happened during the loading process

The top bar of the ODBC Stream Loader has four icons. They are the Reset Form icon, Private Log icon, Script Directory Icon and the Execute button.

Page 189

Chapter 5 Data Movement

ODBC Stream Loader - Lite Speed vs. Warp Speed

ODBC Stream Loader

Execute General Advanced Script Options Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

Data movement will always default to Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! uses the This uses the Teradata utility TPT (Stream), which is Teradata utility TPT (Load), the TPT version of TPump. The rule of thumb is to which is the TPT version of use this whenever tables are < 1 million rows. It has FastLoad. The rule of thumb is less impact on a Teradata system on data movement. to use this whenever tables are > 1 million rows, but it has a lot of impact on the Teradata system when moving tables.

Above are the reasons to choose Lite Speed over Warp Speed and vice versa.

Page 190

Chapter 5 Data Movement

More Details About ODBC Stream Loader - Teradata TDPID

ODBC Stream Loader

This will Execute refresh the General Advanced Script Options TDPID Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! entries for the drop Target down Logon Advanced Logon after you /* Copyright (c) 1993-2009 Microsoft modify your Corp. This is a sample HOSTS file used by DSN Name* Teradata V14 Hosts file Microsoft TCP/IP for Windows. This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to User Name* TeraTom host names. Each entry should be kept on an individual line. The IP address Password* ********* should be placed in the first column Tdpid TD14 followed by the corresponding host name. The IP address and the host name should be separated by at least one space. Additionally, comments (such as This will open these) may be inserted on individual your Hosts file lines or following the machine name To allow you denoted by a '#' symbol. to create or */ modify 127.0.0.1 localhost the TDPID 192.163.1.4 TD14cop1

If you are using the Teradata load utilities (TPT Stream or TPT Load) you will most likely need a TDPID (Teradata Director Program Internet Directory). This tells the load utility the I/P address of the Teradata machine. Notice above, we have placed our I/P address and the words TD14cop1. You put cop1 after the TDPID name, so Teradata knows it’s the TDPID.

Page 191

Chapter 5 Data Movement

More Details About ODBC Stream Loader - Table Options

ODBC Stream Loader

Execute General Advanced Script Options Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

The SELECT Statement that Nexus creates SELECT CAST(ORDER_NUMBER AS NUMBER(38,0)) ,CAST(CUSTOMER_NUMBER AS NUMBER(38,0)) ,ORDER_DATE You can uncheck any ,ORDER_TOTAL columns you don't FROM SQL_CLASS.ORDER_TABLE ; want to move over.

Columns* Select Statement Where You don't have to take all of the rows either. You can press the Where tab Select * and type in a WHERE clause Order_Number WHERE Order_Date > '2014-06-30' Customer_Number Order_Date Order_Total

Required *

The Nexus has incredible flexibility when moving data from Oracle to Teradata. You don't have to take all of the source columns or rows. You can inspect the SELECT statement, generated by Nexus, to see if your intentions have been satisfied.

Page 192

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Checking the Table Size in the ODBC Stream Loader

ODBC Stream Loader

Execute General Advanced Script Options Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

Source i Use Lite Speed! (TPump) Database Type* Oracle

DSN Name* Oracle Cloud Source Table Size: 0.0625 MB Source Row Count: 5 User Name SYSTEM Password Target Table Size: Unknown ********* Target Row Count: Unknown Database* SQL_Class *Source row count is under one million so Table* Order_Table ? TPump (Lite Speed) is recommended.

Press the question mark near the table* and you will see the size of your source table and the recommendation to use either Lite Speed or Warp Speed.

Page 193

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Table Information in the ODBC Stream Loader

ODBC Stream Loader

Execute General Advanced Script Options Move data using: Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

This is the target database that the moving table will permanently reside in.

Table Info Database* SQL_Sandbox The table name will default to the same name as the Table* Order_Table ? source, but you can change the name as you see fit. Create Table for Me Compress Table Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table Drop Error And Log Tables This is the database Delete Existing Checkpoint Files where any load utility log files will Working Database be generated. SQL Sandbox

The most important information is listed in the verbiage explanations above. The areas with checkmark options are fairly straight forward. If you want to append rows to an existing table, do not checkmark Create Table for me, Drop Existing Table or Delete All Rows.

Page 194

Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move a Single Table from Oracle to SQL Server

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 - Oracle - SQL_Class - Tables Properties + Addresses Super Join Builder + Claims Quick Select + Customer_Table View DDL

+ Employee_Table Right Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Department_Table Click Move data to SQL Server Order_Table on the Move data to Teradata + Oracle + Providers table Compare/Sync Data + Services Drop Table Truncate Table + Subscribers Rename Table + SQL Server Lock Table Comment Table + Teradata

Moving an Oracle table to SQL Server is simple. Just right click on the Oracle table you want to move in the Oracle Systems tree and choose the menu item "Move data to SQL Server". You can also perform the same steps to move an Oracle table to Teradata or an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system. The next page will show you the Data Mover.

Page 195

Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Data Mover from Oracle to SQL Server

Data Mover Lights up to show data movement progress Execute General Advanced Source Target Logon Database Type Oracle DSN Name SQL Server Cloud

DSN Name Oracle Cloud Server/Instance Name 76.72.144.93,51060

User Name SYSTEM Use Windows Authentication sa Password ********* User Name Database SQL_Class Password ********* Table Order_Table ? Database SQL_Sandbox

Columns* Select Statement Where Schema dbo Select * Table Order_Table ? Order_Number Customer_Number Create Table for Me Order_Date Order_Total Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data from Oracle to SQL Server. Hit Execute and the table and data will move from Oracle to SQL Server.

Page 196

Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move a Single Table from SQL Server to Oracle

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Query 1 + Oracle - SQL Server - SQL_Class Super Join Builder System Tables Quick Select - View DDL + dbo.Addresses + dbo.Claims Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse Move data to Oracle + dbo.Customer_Table Right Click Move data to Teradata + dbo.Employee_Table on the Compare/Sync Data dbo.Department_Table SQL Server + SmartScript table + dbo.Order_Table Query Templates + dbo.Providers Data Cleanser Open All Rows + dbo.Services Open Selection + dbo.Subscribers Drop Table + Teradata Rename Table

Moving a SQL Server table to Oracle is simple. Just right click on the SQL Server table you want to move in the SQL Server Systems tree, and choose the menu item "Move data to Oracle". You can also perform the same steps to move a SQL Server table to Teradata or an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system. The next page will show you the Data Mover.

Page 197

Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Data Mover from SQL Server to Oracle

Data Mover Lights up to show data movement progress Execute General Advanced Source Target Logon Database Type SQL Server DSN Name Oracle Cloud DSN Name SQL Server Cloud Server/Instance Name 52.5.186.144:1521 Use Windows Authentication User Name SYSTEM User Name sa Password ********* Password ********* Database SQL_Class Database SQL_Sandbox Schema dbo Table Order_Table ? Table Order_Table ?

Columns* Select Statement Where Create Table for Me Delete All Rows Drop Existing Table Select * Order_Number Customer_Number Order_Date Order_Total

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data from SQL Server to Oracle.

Page 198

Chapter 5 Data Movement

How to Move an Entire Database

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 Oracle - Right Show All Objects - SQL_Class Click Add to My Databases Tables on the - Oracle Compare/Sync Database Data… + Addresses Database Convert Table Structures + Claims and Move data to Azure SQL Data Warehouse + Customer_Table Choose Move data to SQL Server Move + Employee_Table Move data to Teradata Data Move data to Oracle + Department_Table Refresh Database + Order_Table + Providers + Services + Subscribers + SQL Server + Teradata

Moving an entire database just got a lot simpler. Just right click on the database you want to move in the Systems tree, and choose the menu item "Move data to SystemName". The next page will show you and example of the Database Mover in action.

Page 199

Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Database Movement Screen

Database Movement Moves all of the tables simultaneously. Recommended Execute when tables are reasonably small Uses Lite Speed or Warp Speed Table Movement Options Log Move Tables in Parallel automatically depending on Move Data Using: parameters Auto Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!! set in the Options menu System Database System Database Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Sandbox

Source Tables Target Tables SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox Tables Tables Addresses Claims OK Claims X Course_Table OK Course_Table Customer_Table OK Customer_Table Employee_V OK Order_V OK Views Employee_V Order_V Create Unique Table Names *Double-Click tables to Change Table Names

You have the ability to move tables directly or you can move the table through views. Above, we are doing a combination of both. Once you have placed a checkmark on the tables or views you want to move, press the blue arrow and all tables/views with a checkmark move to the Target system. Press Execute and watch the tables light up in green with every successful move. If there is a problem, the table(s) will light up in red. You can also change the target table names by double-clicking them in the Target Tables window and changing their names. You can automate by checking the Create Unique Names box.

Page 200

Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Data Mover Options Menu for Moves to Teradata

Database Movement

Execute

Table Movement Options Log

Options General Target Tdpid TD15

Use Alternate Working Database SQL Sandbox

Table and Movement

Create Table(s) Drop Existing Tables Compress Tables Drop Error and Log Tables Drop Existing Checkpoint Files

Maximum Concurrent Moves (Parallel Movement): 5

Auto Movement Type Selection Thresholds Objects with attributes below these thresholds will use Lite Speed and Objects above these thresholds will use Warp Speed. Additional information about source and target Row Count: 500,000 Logins are also in this menu, along with other items that most likely Table Size: 5 GB won't be changed

Fill in the parameters above and Nexus will default to them the next time you move data.

Page 201

Chapter 5 Data Movement

The Data Mover - Log for Moves to Teradata

Database Movement

Execute

Table Movement Options Log

11/15/2015 5:03:53 PM|Nexus: Gathering Table Data... The entire log 11/15/2015 5:04:20 PM|Dropping table CLAIMS was not shown here 11/15/2015 5:04:21 PM|CREATE MULTISET TABLE SQL_SANDBOX.CLAIMS (PROVIDER_NO DECIMAL(38,0), CLAIM_AMT DECIMAL(12,2), MEMBER_NO DECIMAL(38,0), SUBSCRIBER_NO DECIMAL(38,0), CLAIM_SERVICE DECIMAL(38,0) NOT NULL, CLAIM_DATE TIMESTAMP(0) NOT NULL, CLAIM_ID DECIMAL(38,0) NOT NULL) UNIQUE PRIMARY INDEX (CLAIM_ID); 11/15/2015 5:04:25 PM|CLAIMS|Teradata Parallel Transporter Version 15.00.00.00 11/15/2015 5:04:41 PM|CLAIMS|ODBCOperator: Total Rows Exported: 43 11/15/2015 5:04:45 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Load Statistics for DML Group 1 : 11/15/2015 5:04:45 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Target Table: 'SQL_SANDBOX.CLAIMS' 11/15/2015 5:04:45 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Rows Inserted: 43 11/15/2015 5:04:46 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Total Rows in Error Table : 0 11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|ODBCOperator: Total processor time used = '0.0156001 Second(s)' 11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|ODBCOperator: Start : Sun Nov 15 17:04:29 2015 11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|ODBCOperator: End : Sun Nov 15 17:04:48 2015 11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: Start : Sun Nov 15 17:04:29 2015 11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|StreamOperator: End : Sun Nov 15 17:04:48 2015 11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|Job step MAIN_STEP completed successfully 11/15/2015 5:04:48 PM|CLAIMS|Job CLAIMS_LoadJob completed successfully

You can actually watch the entire data movement process in action by watching the log. This will show you the details.

Page 202

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Scheduling a Move Data Operation

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Press on the Saved Super Join Highlight Move Data calendar icon and and your Compare Data Click Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling options will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type.

Page 203

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Add the Data Movement Batches

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Move Data v History Sandbox

Teradata SQL Class System:Data Movement Batches:Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Press the Add ADD button

Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the data movement logging. Then choose the ADD button.

Page 204

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Fill in the Data Movement Information

Database Movement Moves all of the tables simultaneously. Recommended Save when tables are reasonably small

Table Movement Move Tables in Parallel

Move Data Using: Auto Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

System Database System Database Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Sandbox

Source Tables Target Tables SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox Tables Tables Addresses Claims Claims X Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table Employee_V Views Order_V Employee_V Order_V Create Unique Table Names *Double-Click tables to Change Table Names

Pick the source system and database on the left and then pick the target system and database on the right. You will move the tables from the source to the target. Once you place a checkmark on the source tables and views you hit the blue arrow button to move them to the Target. When you are ready hit the Save button (green arrow).

Page 205

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Add Additional Batches or Choose Next to Schedule

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Move Data v History Sandbox

Teradata SQL Class System:Data Movement Batches:Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v +OracleTeradata Cloud to Teradata 15 (5 objects)

Add You can Add additional batches or hit NEXT to schedule Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Back Next Cancel

You have added your first batch and it will appear in the Data Movement Batches box. You can add more batches if you choose. When you are done hit the NEXT button at the bottom of the screen.

Page 206

Chapter 5 Data Movement

Schedule the Movement Once, Daily, Weekly or Monthly

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Move Data v History Sandbox Schedule Task: Start time: System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Daily v 12:00 AM v TeradataSystems Query 1 + 1) Schedule how often you want the Schedule Task Once task to run (we chose Daily). Every 1 Day(s) v 2) Choose a time 3) Pick the number of days 4) Put your User and Password in Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the data movement job. We have chosen Daily in this example. Choose a time to have the query run. Pick the number of days. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.

Page 207

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Page 208

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Chapter 6 – Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

" Keep your face always toward the sunshine – and shadows will fall behind you."

– - Walt Whitman

Page 209

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Comparing and Synchronizing Databases

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Oracle Show all objects… - Teradata Set as active database Create database… SQL_Class - Right Create user… System Tables Click - Drop database on a + Addresses Remove from My Databases database + Claims from any Hound Dog Compress database + Customer_Table system Compare/Sync Database Data + Employee_Table SmartSync Objects SmartScript Department_Table + SmartDBAdmin… + Order_Table Convert Table Structures + Providers Move Data to + Services Refresh database Properties + Subscribers + SQL Server

You can compare and then synchronize and entire database on the same platform or from different platforms. Just right click on any database in your system tree and choose “Compare/Sync Database Data”.

Page 210

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Compare/Sync Database User Interface

Compare Database Data Choose the Target System Execute and Database/Schema that You want to compare and Objects Columns Options Results synchronize to the source System Database System Database Teradata SQL_Class SQL Server SQL_Sandbox

Source Tables Target Tables

Nexus will attempt to Addresses Addresses We have Line-up the matching Claims Claims placed a checkmark on tables side-by-side. Course_Table Course_Table You can further adjust only these the table comparisons Customer_Table Customer_Table tables so by dragging and dropping Department_Table Department_Table only they will be compared tables up or down for Employee_Table Employee_Table perfect comparison alignment. Then, place a Job_Table Job_Table checkmark on all tables Order_Table Order_Table you want included for the Sales_Table Sales_Table Compare and Sync. Drag and Drop tables to line up comparisons

The first task is to choose the Target system and the database/schema that you want to compare and synchronize to the source. We have chosen a SQL Server table. The Nexus will attempt to line-up the tables across from one another, but you can drop and drag the tables so they align perfectly. You must then place a checkmark on the tables you want compared. You can press the EXECUTE button to begin the comparisons.

Page 211

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Columns Tab

Compare Database Data

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results System Database System Database Teradata SQL_Class SQL Server SQL_Sandbox

Source Tables Target Tables Addresses Addresses You are currently on the Objects Tab. You Claims Claims can Press on the Course_Table Course_Table Columns Tab to make Customer_Table Customer_Table sure each table with a checkmark has the Department_Table Department_Table same columns in the Employee_Table Employee_Table same order for Job_Table Job_Table comparison. Order_Table Order_Table Sales_Table Sales_Table Drag and Drop tables to line up comparisons

You are currently on the Objects Tab. You can Press on the Columns Tab to make sure each table with a checkmark has the same columns in the same order for comparison. Press on the Columns Tab (red circle) and check out the Columns Tab options on the next page. Page 212

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Columns Tab Aligns the Columns for Comparison

Compare Database Data

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results

Table Column Details Right-click on a column to toggle comparison key Source Tables Target Tables Addresses Addresses Integer Subscriber_No Subscriber_No Integer Smallint AreaCode AreaCode Smallint Varchar(20) City City Varchar(20) Integer Phone Phone Integer Char(2) State State Char(2) Varchar(30) Street Street Varchar(30) Integer Zip Zip Integer Claims Claims Smallint Claim_Service Claim_Service Smallint Drag and Drop columns up or down to line up column comparisons

The Columns tab shows the column details for each table including the data type. This allows the user to do three things. (1) The user can drop and drag up or down columns so they align perfectly. (2) The user can uncheck any columns that they don’t want to compare and sync. (3) The user can toggle the blue colored columns to make a different column the comparison key. All columns in blue are used as the Primary Key comparison keys. You can press the EXECUTE button to begin the comparisons.

Page 213

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Comparison Results

Compare Database Data All of the tables you selected for comparison Execute will be listed below

Objects Columns Options Results Log Comparison Results There were Teradata SQL Server No Differences Addresses Addresses between these two Differences Count: tables 0 Rows No Differences V Go

There were Differences Teradata SQL Server between Department_Table Department_Table these two Differences Count: tables. Press View Differences V Go GO to see the 2 Rows differences.

All of the tables you selected from the previous screen are compared and the results are placed in the “Comparison Results” screen. Some of the tables will have “No Differences” in the data and some will have “Differences”. The tables that have differences will be colored in blue and red so that they stand out to you. To see the differences, you must press the GO button.

Page 214

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Table Compare Results Tab – Full Differences Tab

Compare Database Data The Full Differences tab will list all Execute differences between the data in both tables

Objects Columns Options Results Table Compare Results Log

Full Differences In Source, Not Target In Target, Not Source In both with Differences

2 total rows different between the source object and target object. LOCATION SYSTEM DATABASE OBJECT NAME Dept_No Dept_Name Budget Source Teradata SQL_Class Department_Table 200 Mrkt 50000 Target SQL Server SQL_Sandbox Department_Table 200 Sales 50000

Columns in the table

When you press the GO button (previous screen) to see the differences between two tables you will come to the Differences User Interface. The default screen shows the Full Differences tab where you will see all differences from source to target.

Page 215

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Table Compare Results Tab – In Source, Not Target Tab

Compare Database Data The “In Source, Not Target” tab will list all Execute differences between the data in the source.

Objects Columns Options Results Table Compare Results Log

Full Differences In Source, Not Target In Target, Not Source In both with Differences

1 row in the source object that are not in the target object. LOCATION SYSTEM DATABASE OBJECT NAME Dept_No Dept_Name Budget Source Teradata SQL_Class Department_Table 200 Mrkt 50000

When you press the GO button (previous screen) to see the differences between two tables you will come to the Differences User Interface. The default screen shows the Full Differences tab where you will see all differences from source to target. You can also press on the “In Source, Not Target” tab where you will see the rows that are in the source, but not the target.

Page 216

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Table Compare Results Tab – In Target, Not Source Tab

Compare Database Data The “In Target, Not Source” tab will list all Execute differences between the data in the target.

Objects Columns Options Results Table Compare Results Log

Full Differences In Source, Not Target In Target, Not Source In both with Differences

1 row in the source object that are not in the target object. LOCATION SYSTEM DATABASE OBJECT NAME Dept_No Dept_Name Budget Target SQL Server SQL_Sandbox Department_Table 200 Sales 50000

When you press the GO button (previous screen) to see the differences between two tables you will come to the Differences User Interface. The default screen shows the Full Differences tab where you will see all differences from source to target. You can also press on the “In Target, Not Source” tab where you will see the rows that are in the target, but not the source.

Page 217

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Synchronizing the Results

Compare Database Data

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results Log Comparison Results

Teradata SQL Server Addresses Addresses Differences Count: 0 Rows No Differences V Go To Synchronize the Teradata SQL Server results just press on the dropdown Department_Table Department_Table menu Differences Count: V 2 Rows Sync Source Go View Differences We have just Sync Source chosen to Sync Source. Sync Target No hit GO.

To synchronize the results between two tables that have differences you merely press on the dropdown menu just below the two tables that says “View Differences” and choose to either “Sync Source” or “Sync Target”. The “View Differences” will change to your new choice. In the example above, we have chosen the “Sync Source” option. Then hit the “Go” button.

Page 218

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

The Final Perform Synchronization Screen

Compare Database Data

Execute

Objects Columns Options Results Log Comparison Results

Teradata SQL Server Department_Table Department_Table Differences Count: V 2 Rows Sync Source Go Synchronize Source Object to match the Target Object Insert missing rows Delete extra rows Update differences with matching rows

Perform Synchronization Perform the Preview in query window… Synchronization

Remove any checkmarks you want and when you are ready press the Perform Synchronization button (in blue) near the bottom of the screen. The synchronization will begin. You can preview the SQL that will perform the synchronization if you desire by pressing the “Preview in query window” button at the bottom of the screen.

Page 219

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Scheduling a Compare Data Operation

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Saved Super Join Press on the Move Data Highlight calendar icon Compare Data and and your Compress Teradata Multi-ValueClick scheduling options will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type.

Page 220

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Add the Compare Data Batches

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Compare Data v History Sandbox

Comparison Batches: System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query AddSystems QueryHit the 1 ADD v + Teradata Button Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Excel Tableau (tde) XML Text CSV

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the data movement logging. Then choose the ADD button.

Page 221

Chapter 6 Comparing and Synchronizing Entire Databases

Fill in the Compare Objects Information

Compare Objects

Save

Objects Columns Options

System Database System Database Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Class

Source Tables Target Tables

Addresses Addresses Claims Claims Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table Department_Table Department_Table Employee_Table Employee_Table Job_Table Job_Table Order_Table Order_Table Sales_Table Sales_Table

Pick the source system and database on the left and then pick the target system and database on the right. You will see the Nexus attempt to line-up the tables to be compared. You can place a checkmark on the tables you want compared. You can also drop and drag the table names up or down so they line-up perfectly. Then hit the SAVE button’s Green Arrow.

Page 222

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Page 223

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Chapter 7 – Teradata Multi-Value Compression

“There are two ways of spreading light: to be the candle or the mirror that reflects it.” – Edith Wharton

Page 224

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Compressing the Tables in a Teradata Database

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Oracle Show all objects… - Teradata Set as active database Create database… SQL_Class - Right Create user… System Tables Click - Drop database on a + Addresses Remove from My Databases Teradata + Claims database Hound Dog Compress database + Customer_Table Compare/Sync Database Data + Employee_Table SmartSync Objects SmartScript Department_Table + SmartDBAdmin… + Order_Table Convert Table Structures + Providers Move Data to + Services Refresh database Properties + Subscribers + SQL Server

You can automate the Multi-Value compression capabilities on a single-table, multiple tables or all tables in a Teradata database by right clicking on any Teradata database in your system tree and choosing “Hound Dog Compress Database”.

Page 225

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Place a Checkmark on the Tables You Want to Compress

Multi-Value Compression

Execute Preview SQL in Nexus

Table Compression Log Dashboard

System Database Teradata V15 SQL_Class

SourceAvailable Tables Tables Tables to Compress Tables (9) Addresses Place a Claims checkmark Course_Table on the tables you Customer_Table want to Department_Table X compress Employee_Table and then hit the Job_Table blue arrow. Order_Table Sales_Table

Place a checkmark on the tables you want to compress and then hit the blue arrow. To checkmark all tables, place a checkmark on the Tables box. You can deselect any tables you want to exclude. Either way, once you have a checkmark in the box for the tables you want to compress you merely need to click on the blue arrow. See what happens on the next page.

Page 226

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

The Tables Selected for Compression Appear on the Right

Multi-Value Compression

Execute Preview SQL in Nexus

Table Compression Hit the Execute button to begin System Database Teradata V15 SQL_Class

SourceAvailable Tables Tables Tables to Compress Addresses Addresses Claims Claims Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table These will be Department_Table Department_Table the tables X that will be Employee_Table Employee_Table compressed Job_Table Job_Table Order_Table Order_Table Sales_Table Sales_Table

After pressing on the blue arrow, the tables you have selected to be compressed now appear in the “Tables to Compress” window on the right. You can now hit the EXECUTE button at the top of the form to begin the compression operation.

Page 227

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

What Appears When the Compression Job Begins?

Multi-Value Compression

Execute Preview SQL in Nexus

Table Compression Log Dashboard Press the red A green status bar will show System Database button to stop the job you the Teradata V15 SQL_Class operation is in progress SourceAvailable Tables Tables Tables to Compress Addresses Addresses Claims Claims Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table Department_Table Department_Table X Employee_Table Employee_Table Job_Table Job_Table Order_Table Order_Table Sales_Table Sales_Table

A green status bar will appear to let you know that the compression operation is in progress. You can halt the job by pressing on the red box.

Page 228

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Tables will Turn Green When Successfully Compressed

Multi-Value Compression

Execute Preview SQL in Nexus

Table Compression Log Dashboard

System Database Teradata V15 SQL_Class

SourceAvailable Tables Tables Tables to Compress Addresses Addresses (DONE) Claims Claims (DONE) Course_Table Course_Table (DONE) Customer_Table Customer_Table (DONE) Department_Table Department_Table (DONE) X Employee_Table Employee_Table (DONE) Job_Table Job_Table (DONE) Order_Table Order_Table (DONE) Sales_Table Sales_Table (DONE)

Tables will turn green and now include the word (DONE) next to them. This means that the compression operation is complete for that table. Above, you can see that we have compressed all of the tables.

Page 229

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

The Compression Dashboard

Multi-Value Compression Press the Execute Preview SQL in Nexus Dashboard tab to see Table Compression Log Dashboard Compression Results Dashboard Employee_Table Compression Results: Previous Size: 10 KB Compressed Size: All tables 7 KB compressed Space Saved: will appear in 3.00 KB the Dashboard 33.00% with their 30 Rows statistics 7 Total Columns 6 Columns Compressed Original Compressed Size

The Dashboard shows you the previous vs. the new size of each table that was compressed in this operation.

Page 230

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Scheduling a Teradata Multi-Value Compression Job

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Saved Super Join Press on the Move Data calendar icon Compare Data and your Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling options will appear. Highlight and Click

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type.

Page 231

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Add the Compress Multi-Value Batches

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) v History Sandbox

System:Test Compression Teradata Database: Batches: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query TeradataSystems Query 1 v + Add Press on the Add button

Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Compress_log

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the compression logging. Then choose the ADD button.

Page 232

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Choose the Teradata System and Database Tables to Compress

Multi-Value Compression

Save

Table Compression

System Database Teradata V15 SQL_Class

SourceAvailable Tables Tables Tables to Compress Addresses Addresses Claims Claims Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table Department_Table Department_Table X Employee_Table Employee_Table Job_Table Job_Table Order_Table Order_Table Sales_Table Sales_Table

Pick the Teradata system and database you want to compress. Place a checkmark on the tables you want to compress and hit the blue arrow. This will move the tables with a checkmark to the “Tables to Compress” window. Hit the SAVE button.

Page 233

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Add Another Batch or Hit the Next Button

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) v History Sandbox

System:Test Compression Teradata Database: Batches: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query TeradataTeradataSystems 13 (27Query Objects) 1 v X +

Add

Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Compress_log

Back Next Cancel

You will see your compression job in the batches window. You can hit the ADD button to add more databases if you want. When you are done adding batches hit the NEXT button.

Page 234

Chapter 7 Teradata Multi-Value Compression

Schedule the Compression Job

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) History Sandbox Schedule Task: Start time: System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Once v 12:00 AM v TeradataSystems Query 1 + 1) Schedule how often you want the Schedule Task Once task to run. Run on: Friday, August 26, 2016 v 2) Choose a time 3) Pick a date from the Calendar 4) Put your User and Password in Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the query. We have chosen ONCE in this example. Choose a time to have the query run. Pick a date on the calendar. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.

Page 235

Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Page 236 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Chapter 8 – Using the Scheduler

"The strong survive, but the courageous triumph." – -Michael Scott

Page 237 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Using the Scheduler

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 + Teradata Press on the calendar icon and your scheduling options will appear.

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear.

Page 238 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

The Schedule Builder User Interface

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Press on the Saved Super Join Move Data calendar icon and your Compare Data Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling options will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type.

Page 239 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Nexus Operations You Can Schedule

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Schedule Builder History Sandbox

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Highlight Press on the Saved Super Join Query calendar icon Move Data and and your Compare Data Click Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling options will appear.

Back Next Cancel

From the Schedule Builder press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type of Query. Then left click the mouse.

Page 240 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Query and the Available Options

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Query v History Sandbox Select System System: Teradata Database: SQL Classv EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 TeradataSelect SQL from: + 1) Select the system to run the query Favorites 2) Choose where to get the SQL History 3) Select a directory and file name File 4) Choose the format for the report Text 5) Hit NEXT when complete Output File: Directory…

Excel Tableau (tde) XML Text CSV

Back Next Cancel

You must now choose the system in which to run the scheduled query. Pick where you want to get the SQL. Name the file and the directory in which it will reside. Pick the format you want the report to be saved in. Hit the Next button.

Page 241 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Query Once

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Query v History Sandbox Schedule Task: Start time: System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Once v 12:00 AM v TeradataSystems Query 1 + 1) Schedule how often you want the Schedule Task Once task to run. Run on: Friday, August 26, 2016 v 2) Choose a time 3) Pick a date from the Calendar 4) Put your User and Password in Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the query. We have chosen ONCE in this example. Choose a time to have the query run. Pick a date on the calendar. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.

Page 242 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Saved Super Join Builder Query

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Press on the Saved Super Join Highlight Move Data and calendar icon and your Compare Data Click Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling options will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type.

Page 243 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Choose Your Super Saved Join and Output Type

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Saved Super Join v History Sandbox

Teradata SQL Class System:5-table cross - system Database: join Addresses EXECUTESubscribers AddressesClaims? New Query T Select * Four-Table join Select * Select * Systems Query 1 Street Last_Name Claim_id v Claim_Date Calendar_Join City First_Name + Teradata State Gender Subscriber Employee_Department Join Zip SSN Member_No Three-Table Insurance Join This is a join between the Addresses, Subscribers and the Claims table. This should be run every morning with the Scheduler. Output File: Directory…

Excel Tableau (tde) XML Text CSV Back Next Cancel

You must now choose the Super Join Builder query from the menu that you want to schedule. Choose the output file name and the directory you want it stored in. Choose the output file type and hit the Next button.

Page 244 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling the Query Daily

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Saved Super Join v History Sandbox Schedule Task: Start time: System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Daily v 12:00 AM v TeradataSystems Query 1 + 1) Schedule how often you want the Schedule Task Once task to run (We chose Daily). Every 1 Day(s) v 2) Choose a time 3) Pick the number of days 4) Put your User and Password in Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the query. We have chosen Daily in this example. Choose a time to have the query run. Pick the number of days. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.

Page 245 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Move Data Operation

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Press on the Saved Super Join Highlight Move Data calendar icon and and your Compare Data Click Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling options will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type.

Page 246 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add the Data Movement Batches

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Move Data v History Sandbox

Teradata SQL Class System:Data Movement Batches:Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Add

Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the data movement logging. Then choose the ADD button.

Page 247 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Fill in the Data Movement Information

Database Movement Moves all of the tables simultaneously. Recommended Save when tables are reasonably small

Table Movement Move Tables in Parallel

Move Data Using: Auto Lite Speed! Warp Speed!!!

System Database System Database Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Sandbox

Source Tables Target Tables SQL_Class SQL_Sandbox Tables Tables Addresses Claims Claims X Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table Employee_V Views Order_V Employee_V Order_V Create Unique Table Names *Double-Click tables to Change Table Names

Pick the source system and database on the left and then pick the target system and database on the right. You will move the tables from the source to the target. Once you place a checkmark on the source tables and views you hit the blue arrow button to move them to the Target. When you are ready hit the Save button (green arrow).

Page 248 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add the Data Movement Batches

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Move Data v History Sandbox

Teradata SQL Class System:Data Movement Batches:Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v +OracleTeradata Cloud to Teradata 15 (5 objects)

Add

Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Back Next Cancel

You have added your first batch and it will appear in the Data Movement Batches box. You can add more batches if you choose. When you are done hit the NEXT button at the bottom of the screen.

Page 249 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Schedule the Query Once, Daily, Weekly or Monthly

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Move Data v History Sandbox Schedule Task: Start time: System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Daily v 12:00 AM v TeradataSystems Query 1 + 1) Schedule how often you want the Schedule Task Once task to run (we chose Daily). Every 1 Day(s) v 2) Choose a time 3) Pick the number of days 4) Put your User and Password in Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the data movement job. We have chosen Daily in this example. Choose a time to have the query run. Pick the number of days. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule.

Page 250 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Compare Data Operation

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Saved Super Join Press on the Move Data Highlight calendar icon Compare Data and and your Compress Teradata Multi-ValueClick scheduling options will appear.

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type.

Page 251 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add the Compare Data Batches

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Compare Data v History Sandbox

Comparison Batches: System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query AddSystems QueryHit the 1 ADD v + Teradata Button Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Movelog

Excel Tableau (tde) XML Text CSV

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the data movement logging. Then choose the ADD button.

Page 252 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Fill in the Compare Objects Information

Compare Objects

Save

Objects Columns Options

System Database System Database Oracle Cloud SQL_Class Teradata V15 SQL_Class

Source Tables Target Tables

Addresses Addresses Claims Claims Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table Department_Table Department_Table Employee_Table Employee_Table Job_Table Job_Table Order_Table Order_Table Sales_Table Sales_Table

Pick the source system and database on the left and then pick the target system and database on the right. You will see the Nexus attempt to line-up the tables to be compared. You can place a checkmark on the tables you want compared. You can also drop and drag the table names up or down so they line-up perfectly. Then hit the SAVE button’s Green Arrow.

Page 253 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Scheduling a Teradata Multi-Value Compression Job

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help WebOpen Windows the Sandbox Schedule Builder dropdown History

System:Operation Teradata Type Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Query 1 v + Teradata Query Saved Super Join Press on the Move Data calendar icon Compare Data and your Compress Teradata Multi-Value scheduling options will appear. Highlight and Click

Back Next Cancel

Press on the Calendar icon in the main Nexus screen toolbar (circled above in red) and your scheduling options will appear. You will then see the Schedule Builder User Interface. Press on the dropdown menu and choose the Operation Type.

Page 254 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add the Compress Multi-Value Batches

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) v History Sandbox

System:Test Compression Teradata Database: Batches: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query TeradataSystems Query 1 v + Add

Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Compress_log

Back Next Cancel

Choose the Output File Logging Directory and filename for the compression logging. Then choose the ADD button.

Page 255 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Choose the Teradata System and Database Tables to Compress

Multi-Value Compression

Save

Table Compression

System Database Teradata V15 SQL_Class

SourceAvailable Tables Tables Tables to Compress Addresses Addresses Claims Claims Course_Table Course_Table Customer_Table Customer_Table Department_Table Department_Table X Employee_Table Employee_Table Job_Table Job_Table Order_Table Order_Table Sales_Table Sales_Table

Pick the Teradata system and database you want to compress. Place a checkmark on the tables you want to compress and hit the blue arrow. This will move the tables with a checkmark to the “Tables to Compress” window. Hit the SAVE button.

Page 256 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Add Another Batch or Hit the Next Button

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) v History Sandbox

System:Test Compression Teradata Database: Batches: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query TeradataTeradataSystems 13 (27Query Objects) 1 v X +

Add

Output File Logging:

Directory… C:\Desktop\2016\Compress_log

Back Next Cancel

You will see your compression job in the batches window. You can hit the ADD button to add more databases if you want. When you are done adding batches hit the NEXT button.

Page 257 Chapter 8 Using the Scheduler

Schedule the Compression Job

ScheduleNexus Builder Chameleon Operation Type File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows Compress (Teradata Multi-Value) History Sandbox Schedule Task: Start time: System: Teradata Database: SQL Class EXECUTE ? New Query Once v 12:00 AM v TeradataSystems Query 1 + 1) Schedule how often you want the Schedule Task Once task to run. Run on: Friday, August 26, 2016 v 2) Choose a time 3) Pick a date from the Calendar 4) Put your User and Password in Windows User: 5) Hit the Schedule button Password:

View Schedules…

Now Back Schedule Cancel

You will now choose how often to run the query. We have chosen ONCE in this example. Choose a time to have the query run. Pick a date on the calendar. Put in your user name and password from Windows. Hit Schedule. .

Page 258 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Page 259 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Chapter 9 – Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

“An invasion of Armies can be resisted, but not an idea whose time has come.”

– Victor Hugo

Page 260 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (1-13)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems

You should congratulate yourself because you have just installed the greatest tool ever built. The Nexus is going to be your best business ally for a very long time. You will now be able to query all systems, perform joins across different systems, move data with a few clicks of the mouse and re-query all answer sets inside your own PC. Congratulations again on making such a great decision. Turn the page and let's get some systems connected to your Nexus.

Page 261 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (2-13)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 262 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (3-13)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type

Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties *Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 263 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (4-13)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase We have chosen to connect to Teradata Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Teradata for our first example.

Page 264 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (5-13)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type

Teradata Set Window Tab Color

Left click on the Set Window Tab Color Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 265 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (6-13)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type

Teradata Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties *Data Source Refresh Add New…

Hit the Add New button

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 266 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (7-13)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 267 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (8-13)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you, and can only be used on the current machine.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 268 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (9-13)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 269 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (10-13)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name

Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Netezza Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Apache Hive Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Left click on the Teradata Driver Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Anytime you are adding an Oracle, SQL Server, DB2, Click Finish Amazon Redshift, Greenplum or MySQL system always choose the Nexus Chameleon Wire Protocol Driver.

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for Teradata Database screen. Turn the page.

Page 270 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (11-13)

ODBC Driver Setup for Teradata Database X Data Source Name: OK

Description: Cancel Teradata Server Info Name or IP Address Help Authentication Use Integrated Security

Mechanism Parameter Change

User Name

Password Teradata Wallet String

Optional

Default Database Account String Options >>

Session Character Set: ASCII

This is the ODBC Driver Setup for Teradata Database. The next page will show you how to fill it in.

Page 271 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (12-13)

ODBC Driver Setup for Teradata Database X Data Source Name: Teradata Prod OK

Description: Cancel Teradata Server Info Name or IP Address 76.72.122.92 Help Authentication Use Integrated Security

Mechanism Parameter Change

User Name TeraTom

Password Teradata Wallet String

Optional

Default Database SQL_Class Options >> Account String

Session Character Set: ASCII

Fill in the name, IP Address and User Name and press OK. You will then be back to the Data Source Connection screen.

Page 272 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Teradata - Step (13-13)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Teradata Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties *Data Source Teradata Prod Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) Teradata Prod Hit refresh and your newly created User Login TeraTom Data Source will be in the Drop Down Password Password123 Remember Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database/User Order No Hierarchy Hierarchy (order by parent/child) Hit save as Default Filter the final step My Databases (unavailable on Hierarchy) Databases and Users Databases Cancel Save Users

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to your first system.

Page 273 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

To add a SQL Server system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 274 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (2-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties *Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 275 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server We have chosen to connect to SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to a SQL Server system.

Page 276 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type SQL Server Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Use Windows Authentication

Password Remember Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Default Filter All Databases My Databases Cancel Save

When you add a SQL Server connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 277 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type

SQL Server Set Window Tab Color

Left click on the Set Window Tab Color Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 278 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Hit the Add New SQL Server Set Window Tab Color button

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Use Windows Authentication

Password Remember Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Default Filter All Databases My Databases Cancel Save

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 279 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 280 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 281 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 282 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name adding an Oracle, Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver SQL Server, DB2, Netezza Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Greenplum or Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Apache Hive Wire Protocol always choose the Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish Teradata

Left click on the Back Finish Cancel Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Driver

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the SQL Server Database screen. Turn the page.

Page 283 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (11-12)

ODBC SQL Server Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X General Advanced Security Failover Pooling Bulk About

Data Source Name: SQL Server Production Help

Description:

Host Name: 52.201.187.190

Port Number: 51060

Database: Master

After filling in the above system information you can test the connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC SQL Server Wire Protocol Driver Setup for a SQL Server Database. The next page will show you how to fill it in.

Page 284 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a SQL Server System – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the SQL Server Source Type system you created from the SQL Server Set Window Tab Color drop down menu

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN SQL Server Production Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) SQL Server Prod

Fill in the TeraTom Display Name, User Login Use Windows Authentication User Login Password123 Remember Password and Password Password Connection Options

Default data source connection at start-up When all Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level information is complete hit the Advanced Options SAVE button Default Filter All Databases My Databases Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to a SQL Server system.

Page 285 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (1-16)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

To add an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 286 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (2-16)

Add Data Source Connection Press on the Source Data Source Connection Type dropdown menu Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties *Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 287 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (3-16)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse We have chosen to connect to SAP HANA Azure SQL Data Warehouse Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to an Azure SQL Data Warehouse system.

Page 288 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (4-16)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Azure SQL Data Wareh Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

User Login Use Windows Authentication Password Remember Password Change Password After Save

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Database Default Filter All Databases Cancel Save My Databases Edit My Databases

When you add an Azure SQL Data Warehouse connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 289 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (5-16)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type

Azure SQL Data Wareh Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 290 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (6-16)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Hit the Add New button Azure SQL Data Wareh Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

User Login Use Windows Authentication Password Remember Password Change Password After Save

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Database Default Filter All Databases Cancel Save My Databases Edit My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 291 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (7-16)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 292 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (8-16)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 293 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (9-16)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 294 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (10-16)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name adding an Oracle, Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver SQL Server, DB2, Netezza Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Greenplum or Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Apache Hive Wire Protocol always choose the Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol ODBC Driver 11 for SQL Server Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish Teradata

Left click on the Back Finish Cancel ODBC Driver 11 for SQL Server

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the Azure SQL Data Warehouse Database screen. Turn the page.

Page 295 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (11-16)

Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X

This wizard will help you create an ODBC data source that you can use to connect to SQL Server.

What name to you want to use to refer to the data source?

Name: Azure SDW

Do you want to describe the data source? Description:

Which SQL Server do you want to connect to?

Server: Coffingsdw.database.windows.net

Finish Next > Cancel Help

This is the Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen. This is currently used to connect to Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. Fill in the NAME and the SERVER and hit the NEXT button.

Page 296 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (12-16)

Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X

How should SQL Server verify the authenticity of the login ID?

With Integrated Windows authentication.

SPN (Optional)

With SQL Server authentication using a login ID and password entered by the user.

Login ID: TeraTom

Password:

Back Next > Cancel Help

This is the next Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen you will see. This is currently used to connect to Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. Choose how you want to handle security when you login and hit the NEXT button.

Page 297 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (13-16)

Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X Change the default database to: Coffingsdw Mirror Server:

SPN for mirror server (Optional):

Attach database filename:

Use ANSI quoted identifiers. Use ANSI nulls, paddings and warnings. Application intent: READWRITE

Multi-subnet failover.

Back Next > Cancel Help

This is the next Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen you will see. This is currently used to also connect to Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. The example above is how we setup our server. You might require different settings. Hit the NEXT button when finished.

Page 298 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (14-16)

Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X Change the language of SQL Server system messages to: (Default) Use strong encryption for data Perform translation for character data Use regional setting when outputting currency, numbers, dates and times. Save long running queries to the log file: C:\Users\TeraTom\appData\local\Temp\QUEF Browse…

Long query time (milliseconds): 30000 Log ODBC driver statistics to the log file: C:\Users\TeraTom\appData\local\Temp\STAT Browse…

Connect retry count: 1

Connect Retry Interval (seconds) 10

Back FINISH Cancel Help

This is the next Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen you will see. This is currently used to connect to Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. The example above is how we setup our server. You might require different settings. Hit the NEXT button when finished.

Page 299 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (15-16)

Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration ? X A new ODBC data source will be created with the following configuration: Microsoft ODBC Driver for SQL Server Version 12:00.4219 Data Source Name: Azure SDW Data Source Description: Server: coffingsdw.database.windows.net Use Integrated Security: No Database: coffingsdw Language: (Default) Data Encryption: No Trust Server Certificate: No Multiple Active Result Sets(MARS): No Mirror Server: Translate Character Data: Yes Log Long Running Queries: No Log Driver Statistics: No Use Regional Settings: No Use ANSI Quoted Identifiers: Yes Use ANSI Null, Paddings and Warnings: Yes

Test Data Source… OK Cancel

This is the next Microsoft SQL Server DSN Configuration screen you will see. This is currently used to connect to Azure SQL Data Warehouse systems. The example above recaps the information we used to setup our system. You might require different settings. Hit the TEST DATA SOURCE button to test the connection. Then hit the OK button.

Page 300 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Azure SQL Data Warehouse – Step (16-16)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the REFRESH Button and choose Data Source Connection your system from the Source Type dropdown menu Azure SQL Data Wareh Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Azure SDW Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional) Azure SDW (coffingsdw)

User Login TeraTom Use Windows Authentication Password ******** Remember Password Change Password After Save

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Hit the SAVE Database Settings button when you are finished Database coffingsdw Default Filter All Databases Cancel Save My Databases Edit My Databases

Fill in all information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, your connected to an Azure SQL Data Warehouse.

Page 301 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

To add an Oracle system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 302 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (2-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties *Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 303 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle We have chosen to connect to Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to an Oracle system.

Page 304 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Oracle Set Window Tab Color Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Change Password After Save Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Default Filter All Databases Cancel Save My Databases Edit My Databases

When you add an Oracle connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 305 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type

Oracle Set Window Tab Color

Left click on the Set Window Tab Color Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 306 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Hit the Add New Oracle Set Window Tab Color button Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Change Password After Save Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Default Filter All Databases Cancel Save My Databases Edit My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 307 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 308 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 309 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 310 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name Left click on the Nexus Chameleon adding an Oracle, Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Oracle Wire SQL Server, DB2, Netezza Protocol Driver Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Greenplum or Nexus Chameleon OpenEdge Wire Protocol MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Oracle always choose the Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the Oracle Database screen. Turn the page.

Page 311 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (11-12)

ODBC Oracle Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X Pooling Bulk Client Monitoring Advanced Security About General Advanced Security Performance Failover

Data Source Name: Oracle Production Help

Description: This is our OLTP System Standard Connection Host: 52.201.187.192

Port Number: 1521

SID: When everything is Service Name: XE done hit Apply After filling in the and then OK system information you can test the Test Connect OK Cancel Apply connection here

This is the ODBC Oracle Wire Protocol Driver Setup for an Oracle Database.

Page 312 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to an Oracle System – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose Oracle system you Source Type created from the drop down Oracle Set Window Tab Color menu

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Oracle Production Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional) Oracle Prod User Login TeraTom Fill in the Display Name, Password Password123 Remember Password User Login and Password Change Password After Save

Connection Options

Default data source connection at start-up When all Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level information is complete hit the Advanced Options SAVE button Default Filter All Databases My Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to an Oracle system.

Page 313 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

This is how you connect to a Hadoop system. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems Tree.

Page 314 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 315 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Click on the Source Type drop down arrow Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect

Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties Database Settings Default Database Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step. The next step is to left click on the Source Type dropdown menu.

Page 316 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum We have chosen to connect Hadoop Kognitio to Hadoop SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Hadoop in this example.

Page 317 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Hadoop Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 318 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Hit the Add New Source Type button Hadoop Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties Database Settings Default Database Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 319 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 320 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 321 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 322 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name

Left click on the Aster ODBC Driver Hadoop Driver Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Anytime you are Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol adding an Oracle, SQL Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Teradata system always choose the Nexus Chameleon Wire Back Finish Cancel Protocol Driver.

Click Finish

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for Hadoop. Turn the page.

Page 323 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (11-12)

Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver DSN Setup X Data Source Name: Hadoop Description: Hadoop System on-premises Hive Server Type: Hive Server 2 Service Discovery Mode: No Service Discovery Host(s): cdw.southcentralus.cloudapp.azure.com

Port: 1000

Database: default ZooKeeper Namespace: Mechanism: User Name and Password Realm: Host FQDN: Service Name: Hit TEST to User Name: teratom check the Password: connection. Save Password Encrypted Hit OK when Delegation UID: you are done.

Thrift Transport: SASL HTTP Options SSL Options

Advanced Options… Logging Options… Test OK Cancel

This is the Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver DSN Setup screen. This is how we filled in our system.

Page 324 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Hadoop – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the Hadoop system Source Type you created from the drop down menu Hadoop Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

Data Source Hadoop Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) Hadoop on-premises

User Login teratom

Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties Database Settings Default Database default Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Hadoop.

Page 325 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

This is how you connect to an Aster Data system. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems Tree.

Page 326 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 327 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Click on the Source Type drop down arrow Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect

Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Default Database Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step. The next step is to left click on the Source Type dropdown menu.

Page 328 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data We have chosen to connect DatAllegro to Aster Data DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Aster Data in this example.

Page 329 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Aster Data Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 330 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Hit the Add New Source Type button Aster Data Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Default Database Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 331 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 332 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 333 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 334 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name

Left click on the Aster ODBC Driver Aster ODBC Driver Netezza Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Anytime you are Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol adding an Oracle, SQL Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Teradata system always choose the Nexus Chameleon Wire Back Finish Cancel Protocol Driver.

Click Finish

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the Aster Database. Turn the page.

Page 335 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (11-12)

Aster Database Login X Data Source Aster

Server 192.168.100.22 Port 2406

Database Beehive Password ******** Fetch Count (number of rows) 65535 SSL Settings Enable SSL SSLEncryptReads SSLAllowSelfSignedPeer SSLFileType SSL_FILETYPE_PEM SSLPrivateKeyPath SSLCertificatePath

SSLTrustedCADir SSLTrustedCAFilename SSO Settings Enable SSO Enable_quoted_identifiers Enable_backslash_escapes Map NUMERIC/DECIMAL to DOUBLE Map BYTEA to VARCHAR

MaxLenVarchar 8192 Test Connection OK Cancel

This is the Aster Database Login for the Aster Data Database. The above example is how we filled in our system. You can hit the “Test Connection” button to test if the connection works. When you are finished hit the OK button.

Page 336 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Aster Data – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the Aster Data Source Type system you created from the drop down menu Aster Data Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Aster Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Beehive Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options Fill in your Default data source connection at start-up User Login Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level and Password

Advanced Options Database Settings Default Database Beehive Default Filter All Databases Cancel Edit My Databases Save My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to an Aster Data system.

Page 337 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

This is how you connect to Greenplum. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems Tree.

Page 338 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 339 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Click on the Source Type drop down arrow Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect

Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 340 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum We have chosen to connect Hadoop to Greenplum Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Greenplum in this example.

Page 341 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Greenplum Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 342 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Hit the Add New Source Type button Greenplum Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Database Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 343 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 344 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 345 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 346 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name Anytime you are adding an Oracle, SQL Aster ODBC Driver Server, DB2, Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol Left click on the system always Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Greenplum Wire Chameleon Wire Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Protocol Driver Protocol Driver. Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Choose the Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol driver and then hit Finish. This driver adds special speeds!

Page 347 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (11-12)

ODBC Greenplum Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X General Advanced Security Failover Pooling About

Data Source Name: Greenplum Chameleon Help

Description:

Host Name: 192.168.100.133

Port Number: 5432

Database: gpadmin After the Test Connect passes After filling in the you can hit APPLY above system and then OK information you can test the connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC Greenplum Wire Protocol Driver Setup. The above example is how we filled in our system.

Page 348 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Greenplum – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the Greenplum Source Type system you created from the drop down menu Greenplum Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Greenplum Chameleon Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login gpmon

Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Database gpadmin Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Greenplum.

Page 349 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

This is how you connect to Netezza. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems Tree.

Page 350 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 351 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Click on the Source Type drop down arrow Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect

Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 352 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza We have chosen to connect Oracle to Netezza ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Netezza in this example.

Page 353 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Netezza Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 354 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Hit the Add New Source Type button Netezza Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Database Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 355 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 356 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 357 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 358 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name Anytime you are Left click on the adding an Oracle, SQL Netezza Netezza Driver Server, DB2, Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol system always Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Chameleon Wire Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Protocol Driver. Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Choose the Netezza driver and then hit Finish.

Page 359 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (11-12)

IBM Netezza ODBC Driver Setup ? X

DSN Options Advanced DSN Options SSL DSN Options Driver Options

Data Source: Netezza Description:

Server: 192.168.121.131 Port: 5480

Database: system Schema:

User Name: teratom Password: ********

Test the connection and Test Connection hit OK

OK Cancel Help

This is the Netezza ODBC Driver Setup. The above example is how we filled in our system.

Page 360 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Netezza – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the Netezza system Source Type you created from the drop down menu Netezza Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Netezza Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login teratom

Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Database sql_class Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Netezza.

Page 361 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

This is how you connect to Vertica. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems Tree.

Page 362 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 363 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Click on the Source Type drop down arrow Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect

Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 364 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica We have chosen to connect Generic ODBC to Vertica

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Vertica in this example.

Page 365 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Vertica Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 366 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Hit the Add New Source Type button Vertica Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) User Login Password Remember Password

Database

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 367 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 368 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 369 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 370 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name Anytime you are adding an Oracle, SQL Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol system always Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Chameleon Wire Teradata Protocol Driver. Vertica Left click on the Vertica Driver Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Choose the Vertica driver and then hit Finish.

Page 371 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (11-12)

Vertica ODBC Data Source Configuration ? X Please supply any missing information required to connect.

Data Source: Vertica Database: SQL_Class Description: User Name: teratom Server: 192.168.25.132 Password: ******** Port: 5433 Result Buffer Size (KB): Session Label: 128 Log Path: Connection Settings: Read Only Transaction Isolation Level Use Three-Part Naming Read Committed Log Level Off Serializable SSLMode prefer Server Default

Test Connection OK Cancel

This is the Vertica ODBC Data Source Configuration screen. The above example is how we filled in our system. Hit the Test Connection button and then after a successful connection, hit the OK button.

Page 372 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Vertica – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the Vertica system Source Type you created from the drop down menu Vertica Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Vertica Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login teratom Password ******** Remember Password

Database sql_class

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Vertica.

Page 373 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

To add a Kognitio system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 374 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (2-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties *Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 375 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server We have chosen to connect to Kognitio SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to a Kognitio system.

Page 376 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Kognitio Set Window Tab Color Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties Default Filter All Databases My Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save

When you add a Kognitio connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 377 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type

Kognitio Set Window Tab Color

Left click on the Set Window Tab Color Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 378 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Hit the Add New Kognitio Set Window Tab Color button Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Properties Default Filter All Databases Cancel Save My Databases Edit My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 379 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 380 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 381 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 382 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name Left click on the Kognitio WX2 Driver adding an Oracle, Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver SQL Server, DB2, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver Amazon Redshift, Kognitio WX2 Greenplum or Nexus Chameleon OpenEdge Wire Protocol MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Oracle always choose the Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the Kognitio Database screen. Turn the page.

Page 383 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (11-12)

Kognitio ODBC Driver Setup ? X Data Source Name Kognitio Description Kognitio

Server Addresses Enter each server address in the form 184.72.131.127 address:port on a separate line. Addresses with no port specified are combined with each port number listed below Default server ports (e.g. 6550, 6551, 6552) 6550

Authentication and encryption Username/password authentication only Public/private key authentication using SSH keys Private key filename Browse… Kerberos authentication using Windows credentials Server’s service principal name[/>host>.@] Discover… Encrypt connection traffic using SSL Allow unencrypted connection if server cannot encrypt Advanced… OK Cancel

This is the Kognitio ODBC Driver Setup you will see when setting up a Kognitio system.

Page 384 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Kognitio – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the Kognitio system Source Type you created from the drop down Kognitio Set Window Tab Color menu Connection Properties (ODBC) Data Source Kognitio Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

Fill in the User Login SYS User Login and Password ******** Remember Password Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level When all information is Advanced Properties complete hit the Default Filter SAVE button All Databases My Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to Kognitio.

Page 385 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

This is how you connect to Amazon Redshift. Let’s get started. Right click on the Systems at the top of your Systems Tree.

Page 386 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 387 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Click on the Source Type drop down arrow Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect

Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 388 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift We have chosen to connect Sybase to Redshift Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Redshift in this example.

Page 389 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Redshift Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 390 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Hit the Add New Source Type button Redshift Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) User Login Password Remember Password

Database

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 391 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 392 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 393 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 394 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Name Anytime you are adding an Oracle, SQL Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Left click on the Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol Wire Protocol. Greenplum or MySQL Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol system always Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Chameleon Wire Teradata Protocol Driver. Vertica

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Choose the Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift driver and then hit Finish. This driver adds additional speed.

Page 395 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (11-12)

ODBC Redshift Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X General Advanced Security Failover Pooling About

Data Source Name: Redshift Help

Description:

Host Name: coffing.cyaqzhd82.8zp.us-east-1.red

Port Number: 5439

Database: coffing After the Test Connect passes After filling in the you can hit APPLY above system and then OK information you can test the connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC Redshift Wire Protocol Driver Setup. The above example is how we filled in our system. Hit the Test Connection button and then after a successful connection, hit the OK button.

Page 396 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to Amazon Redshift – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the Redshift system Source Type you created from the drop down menu Redshift Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

ODBC DSN Redshift Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional) Amazon Redshift

User Login teratom Password ******** Remember Password

Database coffing

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to Amazon Redshift.

Page 397 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

To add an SAP HANA system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 398 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 399 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Click on the Source Type drop down arrow Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect

Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 400 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse We have chosen to connect to SAP HANA SAP HANA Netezza Oracle Postgres Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen SAP HANA in this example.

Page 401 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type SAP HANA Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 402 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Hit the Add New Source Type button SAP HANA Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Schema Settings Default Schema Default Filter All Schemas Edit My Schemas Cancel Save My Schemas

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 403 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 404 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 405 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 406 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name adding an Oracle, SQL Left click on the HDBODBC32 Server, DB2, SAP HANA Hortonworks Hive ODBC Driver Driver Amazon Redshift, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver Greenplum, Postgres Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol or MySQL system Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol always Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol choose the Nexus Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Chameleon Wire Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Protocol Driver. Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Pick the SAP HANA driver and then hit Finish. Turn the page.

Page 407 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (11-12)

SAP HDB (1.00.120.024.111) X

Data Source Name: SAP Azure

Description:

Server and Port

Server:Port 40.87.58.176:30015

OK Cancel Connect Settings…

This is the SAP HDB screen. The above example is how we filled in our system. You can hit the “Connect” button to test if the connection works. When you are finished hit the OK button.

Page 408 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to SAP HANA – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the SAP HANA Source Type system you created from the drop down menu SAP HANA Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC) Data Source SAP Azure Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login SYSTEM Password Remember Password ******** Connection Options Fill in your Default data source connection at start-up User Login Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level and Password

Advanced Options Schema Settings Default Schema SYSTEM Default Filter All Schemas Edit My Schemas Cancel Save My Schemas

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to SAP HANA.

Page 409 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

To add a Postgres system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 410 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (2-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

When your Nexus is installed for the very first time you will want to begin connecting to a system(s). Right click on the word Systems and then left click on Add Data Source Connection. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 411 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Click on the Source Type drop down arrow Data Source Connection and choose which system you want to connect

Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties

*Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 412 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle We have chosen to connect to Postgres Postgres Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen Postgres in this example.

Page 413 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Postgres Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 414 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Hit the Add New Source Type button Postgres Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Database Settings Default Database master Default Filter All Databases Edit My Databases Cancel Save My Databases

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 415 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 416 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 417 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 418 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source.

Anytime you are Name adding an Oracle, SQL Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol Server, DB2, Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol Amazon Redshift, Nexus Chameleon MySQL Wire Protocol Greenplum, Postgres Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol or MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Oracle Wire Protocol Left click on the always Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon choose the Nexus PostgreSQL ANSI(x64) PostgreSQL Wire Chameleon Wire PostgreSQL Unicode(x64) Protocol Driver Protocol Driver. Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Click Finish

Pick the Nexus Chameleon PostgreSQL Wire Protocol driver for extra speed. Then hit Finish. Turn the page.

Page 419 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (11-12)

ODBC Greenplum Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X General Advanced Security Failover Pooling About

Data Source Name: Postgres Help

Description:

Host Name: coffing.cjgkmgtoqpwb.us-east-1.rds.amazonaws.com

Port Number: 5432

Database: coffing After the Test Connect passes you can hit After filling in the APPLY and then OK above system information you can test the connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC PostgreSQL Wire Protocol Driver Setup screen. The above example is how we filled in our system. You can hit the “Test Connection” button to test if the connection works. When you are finished hit the APPLY and OK buttons.

Page 420 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a Postgres System – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the Postgres system Source Type you created from the drop down menu Postgres Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC)

Data Source Postgres Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login cdwadmin Password ******** Remember Password

Connection Options Fill in your Default data source connection at start-up User Login Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level and Password

Advanced Options Database Settings Default Database Default Filter All Databases Cancel Edit My Databases Save My Databases

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you just connected to a Postgres system.

Page 421 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (1-12)

Nexus Chameleon

File Edit View Query Tools Help Web Windows History Sandbox

System: Database: EXECUTE ? New Query Systems Systems Right click here on the keyword Systems

Add Data Source Connection

Left Click on Add Data Source Connection

To add a DB2 system to your Nexus tree, just right click on the word Systems and then left click on the “Add Data Source Connection” button. You will see the following screen shown on the next page.

Page 422 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (2-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties *Data Source Refresh Add New…

Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Cancel Save

When you add a connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 423 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (3-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type Click on the Source Type drop down arrow and choose which system you want to connect

Aster Data DatAllegro DB2 We have chosen to connect to DB2 Excel Greenplum Hadoop Kognitio SQL Server SQL Server CE Azure SQL Data Warehouse SAP HANA Netezza Oracle ParAccel (Matrix) Redshift Sybase Teradata Vertica Generic ODBC

Click on the Source Type drop down menu and run your mouse down to the Source Type in which you want a connection. Then, left click on that connection type. We have chosen to connect to a DB2 system.

Page 424 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (4-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type DB2 Set Window Tab Color

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Server Settings

Platform Cancel Save

When you add a DB2 connection to your Nexus the Add Data Source Connection screen appears. Let's fill this out step by step.

Page 425 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (5-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection

Source Type

DB2 Set Window Tab Color

Color Left click on the Set Window Tab Color and a grid of colors will appear. The color that you choose will be the color of the system in the system tree, and on the tabs of the answer set.

Custom colors:

Define Custom Colors Choose a color and hit OK OK Cancel

It is now time to pick your system color. The color that you pick will be the color of the system in the systems tree and on all answer set tabs whenever that system is queried. You will soon recognize which system a particular answer set came from by the color of the tab. Left click on the Set Window Tab Color icon and a color grid will appear. Select your color.

Page 426 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (6-12)

Add Data Source Connection Data Source Connection Source Type Hit the Add New DB2 Set Window Tab Color button

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional)

User Login

Password Remember Password

Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level

Advanced Options Server Settings

Platform Cancel Save

Left click on the Add New button. You will be redirected to the ODBC Data Source Administrator screen. Let's check it out on the next page.

Page 427 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (7-12)

You are currently ODBC Data Source Administrator on the User DSN Tab. If you want to User DSN System DSN Fileyou DSN can addDrivers the Tracing Connection Pooling About new system through the You are currently on System Data Sources: System DSN tab. the User DSN Tab. If you hit the ADD Name Driver Press on this tab and turn the page. button then skip the Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Drivernext (*.dbf, two *.ndx, slides *.mdx) of Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx,the documentation. *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove… Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services. OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen is currently on the User DSN tab. You can hit the ADD button on the right and add the driver here. Skip the next two slides if that is your choice. You can also choose the System DSN tab to Add the driver. Turn the page to see the System DSN options.

Page 428 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (8-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

User Data Sources: Click on the System DSN tab

Name Driver Add… dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBase Driver (*.dbf, *.ndx, *.mdx) Excel Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) Remove Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver (*.xls, *.xlsx, *.xlsm, *.xlsb) MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb, *.accdb) Configure…

An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on this computer.

OK Cancel Apply Help

The ODBC Data Source Administrator screen must be changed to the System DSN Tab. Click on the System DSN tab and turn the page to see the System DSN screen.

Page 429 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (9-12)

ODBC Data Source Administrator X

User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About

System Data Sources:

Name Driver Add…

Press the Add button Remove…

Configure…

An ODBC system data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider. A User data source is visible to all users on this machine, including NT services.

OK Cancel Apply Help

You are now on the System DSN tab. Press the Add button. Turn the page.

Page 430 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (10-12)

Create New Data Source X

Select a driver for which you want to set up a data source. Left click on the Anytime you are Name Nexus Chameleon adding an Oracle, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver DB2 Wire Protocol SQL Server, DB2, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver – DB2Copy1 Driver Amazon Redshift, IBM DB2 ODBC Driver – IBMDBCL1 Greenplum or Microsoft Access dBASEDriver (*.dbf., *.ndx, *.mdx) MySQL system Nexus Chameleon Amazon Redshift Wire Protocol always choose the Nexus Chameleon DB2 Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon Nexus Chameleon Greenplum Wire Protocol Nexus Chameleon SQL Server Wire Protocol Wire Protocol Driver. Click Finish Teradata

Back Finish Cancel

Pick your driver and then hit Finish. Now it is time for the ODBC Driver Setup for the DB2 Database screen. Turn the page.

Page 431 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (11-12)

ODBC DB2 Wire Protocol Driver Setup ? X Pooling Bulk Client Monitoring About General Advanced Security Modify Bindings Failover

Data Source Name: DB2 Linux Help Description:

Ip Address: 52.201.126.214

Tcp Port: 5000

DB2 for z/OS and iSeries Location Name: When Collection: everything is DB2 for Linux/UNIX/Windows done hit Apply and then OK Database Name: Sample

You can test the connection here Test Connect OK Cancel Apply

This is the ODBC DB2 Wire Protocol Driver Setup for a DB2 Database.

Page 432 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Connecting to a DB2 System – Step (12-12)

Add Data Source Connection Hit the Refresh button first and Data Source Connection then choose the DB2 system you Source Type created from theHit drop the Add down New DB2 Set Window Tab Color menu button

Connection Properties (ODBC) ODBC DSN DB2 Linux Refresh Add New… Display Name (optional) DB2 OLTP System

Fill in the User Login TeraTom Display Name, User Login Password MyPassword123 Remember Password and Password Connection Options Default data source connection at start-up Auto expand connection in systems tree by one-level When all information is Advanced Options complete hit the Server Settings SAVE button

Platform Linus, Unix, Windows Cancel Save

Fill in the appropriate information and hit the Save button. Congratulations, you have just connected to a DB2 system.

Page 433 Chapter 9 Connecting Nexus to Different Systems

Page 434